Open Collections

UBC Theses and Dissertations

UBC Theses Logo

UBC Theses and Dissertations

Fluorosulfate derivatives of niobium and tantalum and their behavior as components of novel superacid… Cicha, Walter Vladimir 1989

Your browser doesn't seem to have a PDF viewer, please download the PDF to view this item.

Item Metadata


831-UBC_1989_A1 C52.pdf [ 12.04MB ]
JSON: 831-1.0060301.json
JSON-LD: 831-1.0060301-ld.json
RDF/XML (Pretty): 831-1.0060301-rdf.xml
RDF/JSON: 831-1.0060301-rdf.json
Turtle: 831-1.0060301-turtle.txt
N-Triples: 831-1.0060301-rdf-ntriples.txt
Original Record: 831-1.0060301-source.json
Full Text

Full Text

FLUOROSULFATE DERIVATIVES OF NIOBIUM AND TANTALUM AND THEIR BEHAVIOR AS COMPONENTS OF NOVEL SUPERACID SYSTEMS By WALTER VLADIMIR CICHA B.Sc, The University of British Columbia, 1984 A THESIS SUBMITTED IN PARTIAL FULFILLMENT OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY in THE FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES (Department of Chemistry)  We accept this thesis as conforming to the required standard  THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA August, 1989 © Walter Vladimir Cicha, 1989  In presenting this thesis in partial fulfilment of the requirements for an advanced degree at the University of British Columbia, I agree that the Library shall make it freely available for reference and study. I further agree that permission for extensive copying of this thesis for scholarly purposes may be granted by the head of my department  or by his or her representatives.  It is understood that copying or  publication of this thesis for financial gain shall not be allowed without my written permission.  Department of The University of British Columbia Vancouver, Canada  DE-6 (2/88)  ii ABSTRACT  The goal of this study was to develop new superacid systems based on fluorosulfuric acid, HSO3F, (the strongest monoprotonic BrOnsted acid) and metal fluorosulfates capable of acting as Lewis acids. The in situ oxidation of niobium and tantalum in HSO3F by bis(fluorosulfuryl) peroxide, S2O6F2. resulted in the formation of the highly solvated Lewis acids M(S03F)5 with M = Nb or Ta. Based on electrical conductivity measurements, both solutes were found to behave as moderately strong, monoprotonic acids in HSO3F, with Ta(SC>3F)5 the markedly stronger acid of the two. The Hammett Acidity Function, HQ, determined for the HS03F-Ta(S03F)s superacid system confirmed its high acidity, which clearly exceeds that of HSO3F-SDF5 ("Magic Acid"), the most frequently used superacid system. In addition, both the solubility and acidity in HSO3F of the two new Lewis acids are vastly greater than those of the analogous fluorides, NbFs and TaFs, in either HF or HSO3F.  The high solubility of Nb(S03F)s and Ta(S03F)s allowed the study of their solution behavior, using *H, 19F and 93Nb NMR, as well as Raman spectroscopy. Evidence for the existence of M(SC>3F)5, with M = Nb or Ta, comes from the synthesis of the salts M '[M(S03F)5+x], with M ' = Cs or Ba and x = 1 or 2, which were characterized x  by vibrational spectroscopy. Salts with anions of the types [M(S03F)6]" or [M(S03F)7]2have previously not been isolated. In solution, multicomponent equilibria appeared to be present between the anions [M(S03F)6]" and [M(S03F)7]2- with M = Nb or Ta.  Synthesis of TaF4(S03F) from a 4:1 mixture of TaFs and Ta(S03F)s in HSO3F as well as the formation of NbF2(S03F)3 from a concentrated solution of HSO3FNb(S03F)5 suggested the possibuity "of a new family of superacid systems of the type  iii HS03F-MF (S03F)5-x, with x = 1-4. Initial investigations are reported. In addition, x  preliminary work dealing with analogous trifluoromethyl sulfuric acid (HSO3CF3) systems is also discussed.  During the course of this study, bis(fluorosulfuryl) peroxide (S2O6F2) was found to behave as a weak base soluble only in acids stronger than 100% sulfuric acid. Addition of potassium fluorosulfate, K S O 3 F , to reduce the acidity of H S O 3 F also lowered the acid's ability to dissolve S2O6F2. The HSO3F-S2O6F2 system was studied using Raman, IH and WF NMR, and ESR spectroscopy, which led to evidence for proton transfer, hydrogen-bridging and fluorosulfate exchange between the solvent (HSO3F) and solute (S2O6F2).  iv  TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Abstract  ii  Table of Contents  iv  List of Tables  x  List of Figures  xii  List of Abbreviations  xv  Acknowledgements  xvii  CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION  1  LA. General Overview  1  l.B. Properties of Fluorosulfuric Acid  .6  l.C. Superacid Systems and Their Applications  .10  l . C . l . Establishing the Hammett Acidity Function  10  l.C.2. Superacid Systems  12  l.C.3. Synopsis of Superacid Applications  21  I D . Some Properties of S2O6F2  27  IE. Preparation of Metal Fluorosulfates  30  1JB.1. Solvolysis in H S O 3 F  30  1B.2.  31  The Use  of S 2 O 6 F 2  l.E.3. SO3 Insertion Reactions I.F. Vibrational Characterization of the Fluorosulfate Group IF.I. Symmetry Considerations  35 36 36  V  1 F.2. Effect of Various Ruorosulfate Coordination on Vibrational Frequencies  37  1. G. Multinuclear NMR Spectroscopy Studies in H S O 3 F  41  References  45  CHAPTER 2. GENERAL EXPERIMENTAL  53  2. A. Introduction  53  2.B. Apparatus  54  2.C. Instrumentation and Methods  60  2. D. Chemicals  67  References  75  CHAPTER 3. THE SYSTEM F1.UOROSULFURIC ACID ( H S O 3 F ) AND BISCrT.UOROSULFURYL) PEROXIDE ( S 2 O 6 F 2 ) : A SOLUTION STUDY  76  3. A. Introduction  .76  3.B. Experimental. .  78  3.C. Results and Discussion  79  3.C.I. Raman Spectroscopy  79  3.C.2. Solubility Studies of S2O6F2 in Strong Protonic Acids  84  3.C.3.19F and IH NMR Spectroscopy Studies  86  3.C.3.a. Single Acid-Phase Systems  87  3.C.3.b. Dual Phase Systems  .94  3.C.4. ESR Spectroscopy Study of the Solvated Ruorosulfate Radical. 91 3.D. Summary and Conclusions  100  References  102  vi CHAPTER 4. FLUOROSULFATE DERIVATIVES OF NIOBIUM(V)  105  4 A . Introduction  105  4.B. Experimental  107  4.B.I. In Situ Synthesis of Pentakis(fluorosulfato)niobium(V), Nb(S03F)5  107  4.B.2. In Vacuo Degradation of Nb(SC-3F)5  107  4.B.3. Derivatives of Nb(S03F)s  108  4.B.4. Attempted Syntheses of Additional Nb(S03F)s Derivatives . . . 110 4.B.5. Synthesis of Difluorotris(fluorosulfato)niobium(V), NbF (S03F)3  Ill  4.C. Results and Discussion  113  2  4.C.I. Synthesis and General Discussion  113  4.C.l.a. In Situ Synthesis of Nb(S03F)s  113  4.C.l.b. Alternative Attempts to Isolate Nb(S03F)s  114  4.C.1.C Derivatives of Nb(S03F)  116  5  4.C.l.d. Attempted Syntheses of Other Nb(S03F)5 Salts. . . . 118 4.C.l.e. Synthesis of NbF (S03F)3 2  4.C.2. Vibrational Spectroscopy 4.C.2.a. Cs [Nb(S03F)5+x], with x = 1 or 2 x  4.C.2.b. Ba[Nb(SC>3F)7] and Other Derivatives 4.C.2.C NbF (S03F)3 2  4.C.3. Powder X-ray Diffraction Studies 4T). Conclusion References .  .  119 120 120 124 126 130 131 132  vii CHAPTER 5. FLUOROSULFATE DERIVATIVES OF TANTALUM(V)  134  5 A . Introduction  134  5.B. Experimental  135  5.B.I. In Situ Synthesis of Pentakis(fluorosulfato)tantalum(V), Ta(S03F)s  135  5.B.2. Derivatives of Ta(S03F)5  136  5.B.3. Attempted Synthesis of Additional Ta(S03F)s Derivatives . . . .138 5.B.4. The Synthesis of Terj^fluoro(fluorosulfato)tantalum(V), TaF (S03F)  140  4  5.C. Results and Discussion  140  5.C.I. Synthesis and General Discussion  140  5.C.l.a.m Sim Synthesis of Ta(S03F)5  140  5.C1.D. Additional Attempts to Obtain Ta(SC>3F)5  142  5.C.1.C Derivatives of Ta(S0 F)5  143  3  5.C.l.d. Attempted Syntheses of Other Ta(S03F)s Derivatives .145 5.c.l.e. Synthesis of TaF4(S03F) 5.C.2. Vibrational Spectroscopy  147 148  5.C.2.a. Cs rTa(S03F)5+x], with x = 1 or 2  148  5.C.2.b. Other Ta(S03F)5 Derivatives . .  153  5.C.2.C TaF (S03F)  154  x  4  5. D. Conclusion  157  References  158  CHAPTER 6. SOLUTION STUDIES IN HSO3F  160  6. A. Introduction  160  6.B. Experimental  165  viii 6.B.I. Electrical Conductivity Studies  165  6.B .2. Hammett Acidity Studies  166  6.B.3. Multinuclear NMR and Raman Spectroscopy Studies  167  6.C. Results and Discussion  168  6.C.I. Electrical Conductivity Studies  168  6.C.l.a. Electrical Conductance Measurements  168  6.C.l.b. Interpretation of Electrical Conductivity Data  176  6.C.1.C The [M(S03F)7]2-[M(S03F)6r EquUibrium Systems (M = NborTa)  191  6.C.2. The Hammett Acidity Function of the H S O 3 F - Ta(S03F)s System  196  6.C.2.a. Determination of Ho values 6.C.2.b. The Acidity of H S O 3 F - Ta(S03F)  196 198  5  6.C.3. Multinuclear NMR Studies  204  6.C.3.a. M '[M(SC>3F)5+x] Solutions, with M ' = Cs or Ba and x  x=lor2  204  6.C.3.b. M(S03F) , M(S03F) -S206F2 and M(S03F)5-MF (M = Nb or Ta) Systems 5  5  5  216  6.C.4. Raman Spectroscopy Studies of M(S03F)5-MFs (M = Nb or Ta) Solutions  229  6.D. Conclusion  232  References  234  CHAPTER 7. TRIFLUOROMETHYL SULFATE DERIVATIVES OF NIOBIUM(V) AND TANTALUMfV)  237  7. A. Introduction  237  7.B. Experimental  238  ix 7.B.I. Synthesis of Ted^uoro(rrifluoromemylsulfato^ TaF (S03CF3) 4  238  7.B.2. Attempted Synthesis of Cesium Hexakis(tjifluoromeftylsulfato) tantalate(V) 239 7.B.3. Attempted Synthesis of TerrafluoTo(ttifluoromethylsulfato) niobium(V)  239  7.B.4. Attempted Synthesis of Penr^s(rrifluoromethylsulfato) tantalum(V)  240  7.C. Results and Discussion 7.C.I. Syntheses and General Discussion 7.C.l.a. TaF (S03CF3) 4  240 240 240  7.C.l.b. Attempted Syntheses of M(S03CF3>5 (M = Nb or Ta) and Cs[Ta(S03CF3)6] 7. C2. Vibrational Spectroscopy Studies  242 243  7.C2.a. TaF (S03CF3)  243  7.C2.b. "Cs[Ta(S03CF3)6]"  244  4  7. D. Conclusion  247  References  248  CHAPTER 8. GENERAL CONCLUSIONS  249  8. A. Summary  249  8.B. Exploratory Investigations and Suggestions for Future Work.  251  8. B.I. Ag-Ta(S03F)5 Systems  251  8.B2. Suggestions for Future Work  252  References APPENDIX  254 255  X  LIST OF TABLES Page Table 1.1. General Properties of Niobium and Tantalum  5  Table l.B. Physical Properties of HSO3F, H2SO4, HF and H2O  7  Table LEI. pKfiH+ Values of Aromatic Nitro-Compound Indicators  12  Table 1JV. Acidity Range of Some Protonic Solvents  13  Table I.V. Physical Properties of Some Lewis Superacids  15  Table l.VI. Hammett Acidity of Some Brdnsted-Lewis Superacids  16  Table l.VEL Examples of Some Inorganic and Organometallic Cations Generated in Superacidic Media  24  Table 2.1. Chemicals Used Without Further Purfication  68  Table 3.1. Raman Vibrational Frequencies (Av, cm" ) for HSO3F-S2O6F2, KSO3F-HSO3F-S2O6F2, HSO3F, S2O6F2 and KS03Faq at Ambient Temperature  81  Table 3.H. Summary of 19F and IH NMR Data for S 2 O 6 F 2 - H S O 3 F Solutions  89  1  Table 3.DI. Summary of 19F and IH NMR Data for KSO3F-S2O6F2-HSO3F Solutions  91  Table 4.1. Vibrational Frequencies of Cs [Nb(S03F)5 ], with x = 1 or 2  121  Table 4.U. Infrared Vibrational Frequencies of Ba[Nb(S03F)7]  125  Table 4.JJI. Vibrational Frequencies of NbF2(S03F)3  127  Table 4.IV. X-ray Powder Pattern for Ba[Nb(S03F)7]  130  Table 5.1. Vibrational Frequencies of Cs [Ta(S03F)5+x], with x = 1 or 2  149  Table 5.11. Vibrational Frequencies of TaF4(S03F)  154  Table 6.1. Specific Conductance Data jn HSO3F at 25.00 °C  169  x  +x  x  xi Table 6.H. Conductometric Titration of Nb(S03F)5 and Ta(S03F)s with KSO3F inHSO3Fat25.00 C Table 6.m. Specific Conductance Data for the Niobium Systems at 25.00 °C #  170 174  Table 6.IY. Specific Conductance of K[Ta(S03F)6] and K2[M(S03F)7], with M = Nb or Ta, in H S O 3 F at 25.00 ' C  176  Table 6. V. Calculated Ionization Equilibrium Constants for Various Association Models in HSO3F at 25.00 °C  179  Table 6. VI. The Hammett Acidity of Ta(S03F)5 hi HSO3F at 20 °C  198  Table 6. VII. 19F NMR Chemical Shifts for the Salts Mx'[M(S03F)5 ], with +x  M ' = Cs or Ba, M = Nb or Ta and x = 1 or 2, in HSO3F  205  Table 6. VTA. 19F and IH NMR Data for M(S03F)5-HS03F-S206F2 Solutions . . . . 218 Table 6.LX. 19F NMR Data for Solutions of M(S03F)s, M(S03F) -MF5 and MF5 5  (with M = Nb or Ta) in HSO3F  222  Table 6.X. IH NMR Data for M(S03F)s, with M = Nb or Ta, in HSO3F  223  Table 6.XI. 93Nb NMR Data for Niobium Fluorosulfates and Fluorides at 293 K . . . 224 Table 6.XLT. Raman Vibrational Frequencies (Av, cm* ) for Assorted M(S03F)s 1  and M(S03F)5-MF5 Mixtures in HSO3F at Ambient Temperature. . . .231 Table 7.1. Infrared Vibrational Frequencies for TaF (S03CF3)  244  Table 7.H. Infared Vibrational Frequencies of "Cs[Ta(S03CF3)6]"  245  4  Table A.I. Molar Absorptivity and QKBH*- Values for Hammett Indicators Used. . . 257 Table A.H. Ionization Data for Ta(St>3F)5 in HSO3F 257  xii LIST OF FIGURES Page Figure 1.1. Oxidation States of Known Binary Fluorosulfates and Fluorides of the Transition Metals  3  Figure 1.2. The HSO3F-SDF5 "Magic Acid" System  18  Figure 1.3. Examples of Carbenium and Carbonium Ions Generated in Superacidic Media Figure 1.4. Effect of Coordination on the Vibrational Band Pattern of the  22  SO3F Group  38  Figure 2.1. Typical Pyrex Reaction Vessels  55  Figure 2.2. Vacuum-Adapted Filtration Apparatus  56  Figure 2.3. mtraviolet/Visible Optical Cell  59  Figure 2.4. Electrical Conductivity Cells  61  Figure 2.5. Addition Buret Used During Conductivity Measurements  63  Figure 2.6. General Apparatus for Preparing S2O6F2  .70  Figure 2.7. S2O0P2 Reactor  74  Figure 3.1. Raman Spectrum of S2O6F2 in HSO3F (1:2 solution by volume) at 20 °C. 80 Figure 3.2. Specific Conductance of Weak Electrolytes in H S O 3 F at 25.00 °C  83  Figure 3.3. Temperature Dependence of the Separation Between H S O 3 F and S2O6F2 19F NMR Signals 92 Figure 3.4. Temperature Dependence of HSO3F/S2O6F2 *9F NMR Integration Peak Area Ratio Relative to the Stoichiometric Fluorine Content Ratio 93 Figure 3.5. 19F NMR Spectra of 2-Phase KSO3F-S2O6F2-HSO3F Solution  95  Figure 3.6. ESR Spectrum of S2O0P2 in HSO3F (1:2.12 solution by volume) at 183 K  .98  Figure 4.1. Raman Spectra of Cs[Nb(S03F)6] and Cs [Nb(S03F)7] from 100 to 1500 cm-1 *  122  2  xiii Figure 4.2. Infrared Spectrum of NbF2(S03F)3from400 to 1500 cm-1  128  Figure 5.1. Infrared Spectra of the a- and P-Form of CsrTa(S0 F)6] from 400 to 1500 cm-l  150  Figure 5.2. Raman Sr^trum of a-Cs[Ta(S0 F)6f from 100 to 1500 cm-1  151  Figure 5.3. Raman Spectrum of TaF4(S03F) from 190 to 1500 cm-l  155  3  3  Figure 6.1. Conductometric Titration of Nb(SC>3F)5 and Ta(S03F)5 with KSO3F in HSO3F at 25.00 *C 171 Figure 6.2. Specific Conductance of Nb(S03F)5, Ta(SC*3F)5 and Other Lewis Acids in HSO3F at 25.00 °C 173 Figure 6.3. Best Fits to Experimental Specific Conductance Data of Nb(S0 F)s in HSO3F at 25.00 C  180  Figure 6.4. Best Fits to Experimental Specific Conductance Data of Ta(S03F)s in HSO3F at 25.00 °C  180  3  e  Figure 6.5. Best Fit to Experimental Specific Conductance Data of Nb(S03F)5-NbFs Equimolar Mixture in HSO3F at 25.00 *C .181 Figure 6.6. Best Fits to Experimental Conductometric Titration Data of Nb(S03F)s with K S 0 F in HSO3F at 25.00 'C 186 3  Figure 6.7. Best Fits to Experimental Conductometric Titration Data of Ta(S03F)s with KSO3F in HS03F at 25.00 ' C  186  Figure 6.8. Specific Conductance of K[Ta(S03F)6] in HSO3F at 25.00 °C .  192  Figure 6.9. Specific Conductance of K2[Nb(S03F)7l and K2[Ta(S03F) ] in HSO3F 7  at 25.00 °C Figure 6.10. Hammett Acidity of Ta(S03F>5, SbFs and SbF2(SC>3F)3 in HSO3F at Ambient Temperature  195 200  Figure 6.11. Dependence of the Acidic Dissociation Constant, K , on Ta(S03F)s Concentration in HSO3F at Ambient Temperature  202  a  Figure 6.12. Variable Temperature 19F NMR Spectra of a-Cs[ra(S0 F)6] (0.3 M) and P-CstTa(S0 F)6] (0.07 M) in HSO3F 207 3  3  Figure 6.13. 19F NMR Spectra of a-Cs[Ta(S0 F)6]/FUtrate and Cs2[Nb(S03F)7] (0.1M)inHSO3F 3  208  xiv  Figure 6.14. 93Nb NMR Spectra of Cs[Nb(SC>3F)6] (0.2 M) and Cs2[Nb(SC>3F)7] (0.15 M) in HSO3F at Ambient Temperature  213  Figure 6.15. 19F NMR Spectrum of TaF4(SC>3F) in HSO3F at Ambient Temperature .226 Figure 7.1. Infrared Spectrum of "CsTOS03CF3)6]" from 300 to 1500 cm-l  246  Figure A . l . Comparison of the Deviation from Experimental Data of Optimal Oligomeric Ionization Equilibrium Constants for Nb(S03F)s inHSO Fat25.00 C  255  Figure A.2. Comparison of the Deviation from Experimental Data of Optimal Oligomeric Ionization Equilibrium Constants for Ta(S03F)s inHSO3Fat25.00*C  255  3  ,  Figure A.3. Comparison of the Deviation from Experimental Data of Best Oligomeric and Monomelic Ionization EquiUbrium Constants for Nb(S03F)s/KS03F in HSO3F at 25.00 "C 256 Figure A.4. Comparison of the Deviation from Experimental Data of Best Oligomeric and Monomeric Ionization Equilibrium Constants for Ta(S03F)5/KS03F inHSO3Fat25.00°C 256  LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS  as  asymmetric  b  broad  8  vibrational deformation mode (IR), chemical shift (NMR)  A  difference between two values  DNFB  2,4 - dinitrofluorobenzene  dt  doublet  E  extinction coefficient (molar absorptivity)  ESR  electron spin resonance  FT  Fourier transform  H  HSO3F  Ho  Hammett Acidity Function  AHpp  signal linewidth (ESR)  int.  integration  IR  infrared  K  equilibrium constant  K  specific conductance  X*  molal conductance  ^max  wavelength of maximum absorbance  m  medium (intensity), molality (concentration)  NMR  nuclear magnetic resonance  V  vibrational frequency  Vas  asymmetric vibrational stretching mode  v  symmetric vibrational stretching mode  s  Q  ohm  OX  S 06F  prep.  preparation  redox  reduction-oxidation  s  strong  sh  shoulder  solv  solvated  st  singlet  stoich.  stoichiometry  sym  symmetric  temp.  temperature  TNT  2,4,6 - trinitrotoluene  v  very  w  weak  W1/2  signal linewidth at half-height (NMR)  2  2  xvii ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS  First and foremost, the guidance, wisdom and confidence-boosts provided by my scientific mentor, Professor Felix Aubke, were deeply appreciated during the years leading to this thesis. His unlimited generosity and kindness were only surmounted by his patience in bearing my more than sporadic somewhat-less-man-scientific rambling. Many thanks are also due to the "boys (and occasionally girls) of 457", who made work a very pleasant and rewarding experience. Roshan Cader and Freddy Mistry deserve special mention for their invaluable comradeship, various eccentricities, and perseverance with my incurable habit of using the lab as a walk-in locker for the multitude of recreational hardware with which I have burdened myself (and those around me) over the years. The exceptional service staff of this department are too numerous to list exhaustively here, but a few deserve special mention: Marietta and Orson (NMR Service Lab); Milan, Brian and Mike (Electronics); Ron, Bill and Graham (Mech. Shop); the graphics illustrators, who made my conference presentations presentable, and the entire staff of Chemistry Stores, where the entrance door handle has a permanent impression of my fingerprints. To forget the department's favorite Hungarians, Peter the microanalyst and Steve the glass-blower, is unthinkable. Their artistry brings a whole new dimension to the word "chemistry". The helpful discussions of Professor Herring and the infinite know-how and good will of Ben Clifford (everyone's favorite laboratory instructor) are also appreciated. The enhghtening debates with Tim, Ian and Pete brought a whole new dimension to the concept of intellectual freedom, while Whisder and McLeery provided us with the physical equivalent. The "Bus Stop" sessions with Professor Wickenheiser and Rosh are also something to be remembered. The friendship of this lot is truly prized. Although more detrimental to my hearing than all the explosions in which I have figured, the "music" of the Free Radicals will perpetually follow me about. Being part of this band with Ian, Jim and Dave provided a much needed distraction as well as a large handful of hang-overs. Financial support from Moli Energy Ltd. and the British Columbia Research Council in the form of a Graduate Research Engineering and Technology Award (1986-1989) is gratefully appreciated. Finally, I am (grateful)* to Sherry, without whose support, understanding and multitude of sacrifices this work would not have been possible (at least not during this decade).  <Dilo 3akg  (Prase  For Sherry and my parents, Bohumila and Vladimfr, the three most important people in my life  1 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION  l.A. General Overview  Fluorosulfuric acid has been extensively studied and widely used as a solvent, reagent and catalyst in a large assortment of organic and inorganic reactions since it was first prepared nearly a century ago by Thorpe and Kirman according to: 1  HF + S 0  (1-1)  > HSO3F  3  There have been various reviews published during the last forty years dealing with many aspects of the acid's characteristics and uses. -' 2  An important feature offluorosulfuricacid is its high acidity.  It is in fact  considered to be the strongest known simple Bronsted acid and is widely used as a component of superacid solvent systems, this name commonly given to any acid stronger than 100%  H2SO4.10  This, more than any other property, has been responsible for its  frequent employment as a catalyst and chemical reagent in various chemical processes involving organic materials, such as alkylation, acylation, polymerization, sulfonation, isomerization and the production of organic fluorosulfates.  11  More specialized  application of HSO3F has involved the preparation of intercalation compounds with graphite.11.12 The acid has also been used as a reagent and solvent for the preparation and characterization of a vast range of inorganic fluorosulfate and fluoride compounds .9.13 The addition of strong Lewis acids in order to increase the acidity of HSO3F has been studied since the early 1960's. The increased acidity has been used to stabilize unusual carbocations and many novel inorganic homo- and heteronuclear compounds.  11  2 The  last two decades have seen increased  interest in the chemistry of  fluorosulfates. The range of known fluorosulfate compounds in various oxidation states from +1 to +7 spans the majority of the metalloids, main group and transition metals in the periodic table.  13  The only exceptions among the transition metals are the group 3  metals, hafnium and technetium. However, binary fluorosulfates are somewhat rarer. Figure 1.1 shows their abundance among the transition metals in comparison to the better represented binary fluorides. Comparing the two groups M F and M ( S 0 3 F ) , a number n  n  of reasons for the greater abundance of the former become apparent: (i) The use of elemental fluorine is unique, with a wide range of reaction conditions and synthetic techniques having been employed. Besides metals, a large number of starting materials (e.g. halides, oxides and oxyacid salts) may be used, (ii) Fluorides display a wider range of oxidation states. For example, platinum fluorides may have n values of 3, 4, 5 or 6, 14  while only Pt(S03F)4 - is known among the fluorosulfates. (iii) Whereas hexa- and even 1 5  heptafluorides are known for some transition metals, in binary fluorosulfates n appears to be limited to four, which may in part be due to steric reasons, (iv) Binary fluorosulfates have a more limited thermal stability. Four modes of decomposition are known;8 > MF (S03F)n-x + x SO3  (l-2a)  > MOx(S03F) -2x + x S2O5F2  (l-2b)  c) M ( S 0 F ) „  > M(S0 )x(S03F)n-2x + x SO2F2  (l-2c)  d) M ( S 0 3 F )  > M(S03F) -2x + x S2O6F2  (l-2d)  a) M ( S 0 3 F )  n  b) M(SC-3F)  n  3  n  x  n  4  n  Only modes a) and b), however, are common. - ' 16  1  For this study, niobium and tantalum are chosen from amongst the other "available" early transition metals for three main reasons: (i) their compounds are known  VIB  MB  IV B  VB  3  3.4  3.4,5 2.3.4,5  Sc  Ti  3  4  Y  Zr  V  ® Nb  La  4  3,5  Hf  Ta  -VIII—  IB  IIB  2  2  2  Ni  Cu  Zn  3.4,5,6 3,4,5,6 2.3J4.  1.2  2  Rh  Ag  Cd  3.5  1.2  Au  Hg  2.3  2,3  Mn  2.3  Fe  Co  ® ©•© (D®  3.4,5 3,4,5.6 •  3  Cr  VIIB  Mo  5,6  Tc  Ru  ®  ©  ®  © Pd  ®  4.5.6 4.5,6,7 4,5,6,7 3,4,5,6 3*4,5J6 W lr Pt Re 0 5  ®  ®®  ©  ©  ©© ®  © ®  ©  * denotes a mixed oxidation state + 2  4  Figure 1.1. Oxidation States of Known Binary Fluorosulfates (circled) and Fluorides (upper rows) of the Transition Metals  4 to exist preferentially in the +5 oxidation state^i and are hence unlikely to cause oxidation as a side reaction in the presence of other materials; (ii) both the fluorides NbFs and TaFs have previously been used with HSO3F as components of effective superacid systems, although their application has been somewhat restricted by lack of sufficient solubility and acidity in the Bronsted acid and (iii) compared to some of the other 4d and 5d metals, Nb and Ta are less expensive and their compounds should consequently see wider use.  Besides considerable similarities between the physical  properties of elemental niobium and tantalum, shown in Table 1.1, there is also comparable chemistry known for both. The nearly identical tetrameric structure and chemical behaviour of NbFs and TaFs are good examples of this.20 Of all the properties listed, the identical lattice constant and atomic radii of the two metals best predict these similarities.  The remairring element in group 5, vanadium, was not included in this study for a number of reasons: (i) it tends to exist in more variable oxidation states ranging from +3 to +5; (ii) VF5, which is a Uquid at S.T.P., has not been investigated as a potential Lewis acid in HSO3F, probably due to itsfluorinatingability^ and its tendency to undergo oxidative side reactions; (iii) V(S03F)3 has been synthesized and found to be insoluble in HSO3F23.24 and  (iv) vanadium exhibits a great tendency to form VO and VO2  derivatives of oxyacids (VO(S03F)3 is a well known example^), a tendency which is not shared to the same extent by niobium or tantalum.  There have been two precedents for the use of binary fluorosulfates in superacid systems, Au(S03F)  3  25  and Pt(S03F)4,i5 both previously prepared in our laboratory.  However, the metals' high cost has limited any widespread synthetic use.  5 Table 1.1. General Properties of Niobium and Tantalum" Property  Niobium  Tantalum  41 92.9064 Kr^sl Nb (100) 9/2  73 180.9479 Xe4/l45d3fo2 180Ta, 181Ta (0.0123), (99.988) 7/2  bcc 1.43 3.294 0.69  bcc 1.43 3.296 0.68  Melting point Boiling point Density (20°C, g/cm ) Heat of fusion (kcal/g-atom) Heat of vaporization (») Heat of combustion (..)  2468 ± 1 0 5127 8.66 6.4 166.5 227.5  2996 5427 ± 100 16.64 7.5 180 244  Principle oxidation states £ ° for M2O5 + 10H+ -> 2M + 5H20 (volts)  5,4 ,3,2  5,4?,3,2?  -0.65  -0.81  Atomic # Atomic weight Electron configuration Principal isotopes Relative abundance (%) Nuclear spin, I Crystal structure adius (A) Lattice constant Radius (M5+, A) R  metal  ion  3  93  ?  1/2  +10e  Natural abundance in earth's crust (% by weight) Rank amongst elements  4 x 10" 59*  1.2 x IO" 64th  5  5  "references: 20 and 141  Structural characterization of fluorosulfate compounds has been limited; the existence of only seven reported x-ray crystal structure analyses - is indicative of this. 26 32  Consequently, vibrational specroscopy has been used as the principal means of obtaining the majority of structural information for these compounds in the solid state.  13  In the  case of tin fluorosulfates, U9Sn Mossbauer spectroscopy has also found considerable  6 use.33.34  Additional structural information has been obtained for many of these  compounds in HSO3F solution, given that they dissolve adequately in the acid. The techniques most relied upon in the latter case have been  1 9  F NMR, Raman and electronic  spectroscopy, as well as conductivity."  l.B. Properties of Fluorosulfuric Acid In addition to its high acid strength, fluorosulfuric acid has a number of additional features which have contributed to its use. HSO3F, unlike anhydrous HF.35.36 can be handled in pyrex or similar borosilicate glasses without causing etching. The selfdissociation equilibrium: HSO3F ; = = = r H F + SO3  (1-3)  is only important at elevated temperatures and distillation for the purpose of purification is possible at atmospheric pressure in a pyrex apparatus^? While HSO3F reacts rapidly and exothermically with most organic matter, it will not do so explosively, like HCIO4, for example.  Some properties of HSO3F are summarized in Table I.E. Properties of the three other protonic solvents H2SO4, H F and H2O are also included for comparison. The liquid range of HSO3F is nearly as wide as that of H2SO4, but more conveniently placed at a mean temperature of 37 *C. It distills without extensive decomposition, can be used as a low and high temperature medium. Secondly, its viscocity is comparable to that of water, allowing easy isolation of acid-free solid products by filtration. It appears that the presence of only one proton per molecular unit causes bridging  in  HSO3F  compared  to  that  found  in  reduced hydrogen  H2SO4.  6  Consequently,  /  Table l.IL  Physical Properties of HSO3F, H2SO4, HF and H2O 0  Property  HSO3F  H2SO4  HF  H0  , Freezing point (*Q  -88.98  10.371  -89.37  0  Boiling point C O  162.7  290.317  19.51  100  Liquid range (*Q  252  -300  109  100  1.56 (25'C)  24.54 (25'C)  0.256 (0*C)  0.8904 (25'C)  Density (g/cm )  1.726 (-)  1.8269 (-)  1.002 (»)  Dielectric constant  1.00(4*0  -120 (-)  100 (-)  84 (»)  1.085 x 1(H (")  2  1.0439 x IO" («)  -10-* («)  3.8 x 10-  78.5 (25*0 5 x IO" (")  2.7 x 1(H  -2 x l ( r  3.93 ± 0 . 0 5  6.1210.02  Viscosity (centipoise) 3  Specific conductance (fl-l/cm) Autoprotolysis constant Cryoscopic constant (deg mol" kg) 1  "references 6 and 40  8  —  2  7  1 2  10-14 (••)  8 electrolytes are more mobile in HSO3F, making it much more suitable for electrical conductivity studies. Thirdly, the dielectric constant of HSO3F is estimated to be higher than that found in H2SO4, which also makes it very suitable as an ionizing solvent. Finally, the autoprotolysis or proton transfer equilibrium takes place according to: 6  2HS03F=^H2S03F+ + SO3Fwith K  a p  (1-4)  = [SO3F "HH2SO3F+3 = 3.8 x IO' mol2 kg-2. The acidium, H2SO3F+, and 8  base, SO3F ", ions produced are responsible for the acid's specific conductance of 1.08 x 10" ohm-1 cm-l at 25.00 °C. Molal conductance values at infinite dilution of 320 and 4  6  235 ohm-lcm-lmol-l have been established for H2SO3F+ and SO3F", respectively^^ and it has been postulated that pure HSO3F, just like H2SO4, conducts via a proton transfer mechanism.  There are two other possible modes of dissociation forfluorosulfuricacid. The first involves the reverse of the reaction from which it is most commonly synthesized, shown earlier in Equation (1-3). The equilibrium constant is expected to be very small and hence this mode of dissociation is not significant at room temperature. A less likely 6  route of dissociation suggested to occur via the equilibrium: ? 3  HSO3F  HSC-3+ + F ~  (1-5)  lacks any evidence. It appears that at 25 °C, HSO3F is only subject to autoprotolysis. For H2SO4, self-dissociation is appreciable as well, with the H2O and SO3 so formed acting as base or acid, respectively, leading to the formation of six ionic species which make up a significant total molar concentration of 0.0424 M at 25 "C in this system.^  9 Due to the strong proton donating ability, most solutes behave as bases in HSO3F and only very few solutes are known to behave as non-electrolytes or as acids in this solvent  Basic ionization in HSO3F leads to an increase in the system's SO3F"  concentration, by one of two pathways:  7  HSO3F  MSO3F  > M+ + SO3F-  (1-6)  B + H S C - 3 F = ^ B H + + SO3F-  (1-7)  Even H2SO4 and H F act as bases in HSO3F according to equihbrium (1-7),' although the magnitude of K b for the latter has been shown to be very small in a recent report concerning the ionization of HSO3F in  HF.36  H2O also initially ionizes according to  Equilibrium (1-7) when dissolved in HSO3F (with an extremely large Kb value), but it is the secondary equUibriumii that gives water its notoriously unwelcome character: H3O  + S03F-=s=^ H F + H2SO4  (1-8)  There are two important consequences of Equilibrium (1-8): (i) purification of partly hydrolysed fluorosulfuric acid is possible by distillation because H F is significandy more volatile than H2SO4, with the separation being most efficient at atmospheric pressure and (ii) solutes capable of forming H2O (e.g. by dehydration) will present complications.  This study is concerned with the less common but somewhat more interesting acidic ionization mode: K.  A + 2HSO3F ^=^[A(S03F)]- + H S0 F+ 2  3  (1-9)  10 While other Bronsted acids are not capable of protonating HSO3F appreciably, very strong Lewis acids (stronger than anhydrous AICI3) are used to ionize as acids in this 11  solvent.  l.C.  Superacid Systems and Their Applications  l.C.l. Establishing the Hammett Acidity Function The fundamental difference between "acids" and "superacids" lies in their relative protonating ability, or acid strength. B y far the most common method used to express acid strength in aqueous media is the p H scale, with p H defined as: 11  (1-10)  p H = -log[HS+]  where [HS+] is the concentration of the solvated proton. However, the practical range of this scale is limited by the self-dissociation (autoprotolysis) of H2O, with Kap of 10-14. With the p H scale intimately connected to the aqueous medium, in non-aqueous and more acidic solvents, a more widely applicable acidity function is needed.  The method of Hammett and Deyrup has been adopted as the most useful means 41  of measuring elevated acidity. They employed a series of weakly basic primary aromatic amine indicators and measured their degree of protonation in H2SO4-H2O mixtures of varying composition by using ultraviolet-visible spectroscopy to monitor the protonationinduced color changes. Subsequently, the Hammett Acidity Function, HQ, was defined as: H o = PKBH+ - log  [BIT] [B]  (Ml)  11 where: pKfiH+ = log([B][H+]/[BH+]), in very dilute solutions [BH+] = concentration of protonated indicator in acid solution [B] = concentration of unprotonated indicator in acid solution and postulated to be unique for a particular series of solutions of changing acidity.  For an indicator to qualify as a Hammett base, the plot of log[BH+]/[B] vs. Ho in Equation (1-11) should give a straight line with negative unit slope. This was originally 11  established for a whole series of primary aromatic amines, and has more recently43,44 42  been shown to approximate the behavior for a much less basic family of aromatic nitro compounds. Their functional indicator range begins at about the acidity of 100% sulfuric acid (-HQ = 11.93),43 which is where the onset of superacidity is taken to The pKj3H+ values for the latter group of indicators that have commonly been employed are listed in Table l.DI. It appears that the only major limitation to the Hammett Acidity scale is the availability of adequately weak Hammett bases.  Although the most reliable experimental method used to measure HQ values of superacid solutions has been spectrophotometry, other techniques such as NMR spectroscopy, electrochemistry, chemical kinetics and heat of protonation studies of weak bases have also more recently been reported.  11  Advantages of these methods are that  they can be used with colored acid systems and with indicators that remain colorless upon protonation. In some cases, they also allow for the estimation of HQ values that are too high to be determined by spectrophotometric methods. However, none of these other techniques are as convenient to use nor do they always give H Q values of comparable reliability.  12 Table 1 J H .  P#BH Values of Aromatic Nitro-Compound Indicators" +  Indicator  -P*BH  +  p-Nitrotoluene  11.35  m-Nitrotoluene  11.99  Nitrobenzene  12.14  p-Nitrofluorobenzene  12.44  p-Nitrochlorobenzene  12.70  m-Nitrochlorobenzene  13.16  2,4-Dinitrotoluene  13.76  2,4-Dinitrofluorobenzene  14.52  2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene  15.60  1,3,5-Trinitrobenzene  16.04  2,4,6-TrirritrocMorobenzene  16.12  (2,4-Dimtrofluorobenzene)H+  17.35  (2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene)H+  18.36*  (1,3,5-Trirritrobenzene)H+  18.93c  (2,4,6-Trinitrochlorobenzene)H+  19.76*  (1,3-r^cWc»ro-2,4,6-Trirutrobenzene)H+  20.23c  ^reference 44, except Tef. 50; «ref. 36  l.C.2. Superacid Systems Superacids were originally defined as acids of a higher proton strength than 100% H2SO4. This definition has been extended and for practical reasons division into four general classes of superacids is suggested:  11  (i) Bronsted Superacids e.g. HSO3F; (ii) Lewis Superacids e.g. SbFj;  13 (iii) Bronsted-Lewis Conjugate Superacids e.g. HF-SbFs; (iv) Solid Superacids e.g. SbFs : TiC>2: Z1O2. This thesis is concerned with the first three classes.  The most common BrSnsted  superacids are listed in Table l.IV, along with some other common protonic solvents. Both their - H Q and pKap (see Equation (1-4)) values are shown. The use of H C I O 4 has been limited by its explosive nature, while self-dissociation presents a serious problem for HSO3CI. The other four acids have all seen extensive use in organic and inorganic synthesis. NH3 can be thought of as a "superbase", as its -HQ value clearly indicates.  Table l.IV. Acidity Range of Some Protonic Solvents -log Kap  Ref.  -15  -26-30 (-35°C)  40,142  H 0  -7.0  14 (25°C)  40  H2SO4  11.9  3.6 (25°C)  40,43  HCIO4  -13.0"  -  11  Solvent  •H  NH  3  2  HSO3CI CF3SO3H  0  13.8 13.8,14.0,14.1  43  —  -  36,143,144  14.1,14.4  1.7 (25°C)  36,43,142  HF  15.1  -12 (0 C)  36,40  HSO3F  15.1  7.4 (25°C)  6,43  H2S2O7  a  "estimated  The term Lewis acid generally refers to electron pair acceptors. In this thesis, only molecular Lewis acids are considered, but not the rather large group of metal cations  14 M  n +  .  The most relevant feature of these molecular Lewis acids is that they are  coordinatively unsaturated. It is recognized that good molecular Lewis acids, where the central atom is bonded to electronegative, potentially polydentate ligands (like F or SO3F) will also show a tendency to polymerize, so much so that use in superacid systems is severely curtailed by an apparent lack of solubility in the Bronsted acid. Sn(S03F)4 exemplifies this behavior.33  The vast majority of Lewis acids which have been reported to be stronger than AICI3 and hence termed Lewis superacids (arbitrary defuiitionii) are binary fluorides of the general type MF . Here, the M-F bond is resistant to solvolytic cleavage by strong n  protonic acids when their use in superacid systems is considered. The relative strength of these acids is now reasonably well established although the exact order may differ, depending on the method of study and the Lewis base used. For the same reason, it has not been possible to derive an absolute quantitative scale.  In HSO3F, their relative  strength has been reported to be SbF > AsFs ~ BiFs ~ T1F4 £ TaF > BF3 > NbFs ~ PF5, 5  5  as measured using spectrophotometry, . ^ electrical conductivity 44 4  46  and vibrational  spectroscopy. ? Other binary fluorides capable of acting as Lewis acids include WF6, 4  SiF4, CrF3, AIF3, HfF4, OsFs, ReFs, M0F5, SnF4 and TiF4.11 However, due to both their high mtrinsic acidity and stability, TaFs, NbFs, SbFs and AsFs have been the most widely studied and used Lewis superacids. Their properties are given in Table l.V. Furthermore, solid superacids based on NbFs and TaFs are more stable than those based on SbFs because of their resistance to reduction. * 4  15 TabJe I.V. Physical Properties of Some Lewis Superacids" Properties  NbF  5  TaF  5  SbF  5  AsF  5  Melting point (*C)  72-73  97  7.0  -79.8  Boiling point (*C)  236  229  142.7  -52.8  Specific gravity (15°C, g/cm3)  2.7  3.9  3.145  2.33ft  tetramei*  tetramerc  polymer**  monomer*  Structure  "reference 11; *at the bp; csolid; ^liquid; «gas  Of greatest relevance to the present study are the Bronsted-Lewis conjugate superacids. They have proven to be most useful in organic synthesis as catalysts and as stabilizers of various unusual and unstable carbocation intermediates. The systems of greatest importance are shown in Table l.VI, together with the Lewis acid concentration and HQ values, n Of these superacid systems, the ones based on HSO3F or HF as the Bronsted acid component have found the greatest application. The HF-SbFs system is considered to be the strongest liquid superacid system, as indicated in Table l.VI. However, the acidity values obtained for it at higher concentrations are estimated, and the highest measured -HQ value to date for any superacid system is 26.5, found for a 90 mole % solution of SbFs in HSO3F.11 In either case, there is no doubt that HF-SbFs is more acidic per mole SbFs than the analogous HSO3F system.  16 Table l.VI. Hammett Acidity of Some BrSnsted-Lewis Superacids Superacid System  Mole % Lewis Acid  H S04 - HB(HS0 )4 H S 0 - SO3 2  4  2  4  HF-BF3 HF - NbF HF-TaF HF - AsFs HF-TaF HF - AsFs HF - SbF 5  5  5  5  ti  11 11  7 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.90 0.70 0.40 0.60  16.6 16.98 18.60 19.31 19.32 19.89 20.64 21.13  11 36 36 36 36 36 36 36  HSO3F - SO3 HSO3F - AsF HSO3F - TaF HSO3F - SbF HSO3F - SbF »3S03  4 5 10 5 5 90  3  5  5 5  5  H S O 3 F - SbF  5  3  Ref.  13.6 14.92  15 10 22  5  0  30 70.00  HSO3CF3 - TaF HSO3CF3 - SbF HSO3CF3 - B(S0 CF )3 5  -H  16.5 -18 -18.5 15.5 16.61 16.7 18.28 19.10 26.5  45 11 11 11 44 45 44 44 140  The conjugate HSO3F superacid systems are understandably of special interest. They are best represented by the HSC^F-SbFs system, which has been most thoroughly investigated and most widely used for spectroscopic  observation of unstable  carbocations (to be briefly discussed later). For this reason, this system was named 11  "Magic Acid" shortly after its detailed characterization was reported in 1965.38 This initial study used electrical conductivity measurements to establish that at dilute  17 concentrations, SbFs is a weak acid in HSO3F; a dissociation constant of 3.7 x IO"  3  mol kg-1 was estimated for the monomelic acidic dissociation equUibrium shown in Equation (1-9) with A = SbFs. As the SbFs concentration is increased, the apparent degree of ionization of the acid increases due to the increasing concentration of a stronger dimeric acid in equilibrium's according to:  2H[SbF (S03F)] = ^  [(SbF )2S0 F]"+ H2SO3F+  5  5  (1-12)  3  with Kd estimated as 7 x 10 . 19F NMR studies at -67 °C suggested that a bidentate 3  SO3F group is present in [(SbFs)2S03F] . _  Later studies 10.49-51 using 19F NMR and  Raman spectroscopy suggested a more complicated nature for this system at higher concentrations, with the number of ionic species and their relative abundance being a function of the SbFs concentration. The resulting complexity of the 1:1 HS03F-SbFs system is depicted in Figure 1.2. It should be noted that the presence of species B2 and B3 is in conflict with the earlier study, where fluorosulfate bridges were assigned to the 38  structure of the dimeric anion.  The acidity of SbFs in HSO3F increases dramaticallyi - . when 3 moles of SO3 0 38 44  per mole SbFs are added to the solutions, presumably leading to species of the type SbF5. (S03F) . x  x  The strongest of these solvated acids is H[SbF2(S03F)4] (see  Table l.VI) which is completely dissociated in HSO3F according to Equation (1-9). At higher concentrations,  the dimeric form of this acid also undergoes  dissociation, with the monomer/dimer equUibrium constant estimated  38  complete  at 4 x IO" . 3  These acids form a multitude of monomeric and oligomeric anions in solution, as a result of F vs. SO3F interchange fluorosulfate.  44  been  limited  Widespread by  their  and bridging via both fluorine and  use of these -complexity  latter and  S03-containing tendency  acids has to  cause  18 A:  B,:  SO3F-  ^S0 SbF 3  5  F  S  0  J—. ^ /  B : FS0 Sb F f 2  3  2  1£  By. FS0 Sb F ~ 3  3  Q:Sb  15  o:oxygen »:F  F :  (FS03) SbF fl-f « e , ^ / ^ 2  *  ^  "  4  jS^/^  19 extensive oxidative side reactions when in contact with organic compounds, possibly due to the presence of free SO3.  AsFs has considerably lower acidity in HSO3F than SbF5.11 Addition of up to three moles of SO3 results in enhanced acidity, with values however well below those found for the SbFs system. High toxicity of gaseous AsFs as well as its less than optimal acidity has led to limited study and use of this superacid system.  NbFs and especially TaFs have both been used extensively as Lewis acids in conjugate HSO3F, and more so, HF superacid systems. In fact, reports of their use (to be discussed later) are more extensive than the fundamental studies done on them. The only direct acidity study of either Lewis acid in HSO3F has involved the conductivity 46  measurements  of dilute NbFs solutions, which indicated very minimal acidic  dissociation. In HF as the Bronsted acid, the acidity of both NbFs and TaFs has been studied in some detail,n with TaFs being found the stronger of the two acids, but considerably weaker than SbFs in this medium.  A comprehensive study 542 on 4  hydrocarbon solutions of all three of these as well as other Lewis acids in both HF and HSO3F resulted in the devolpment of a so-called "selectivity parameter" which was defined as follows:  I/E=  rate of isomerization of hydrocarbon rate of proton exchange  (1-13)  In terms of its carbocation stabilizing ability, the greater the above ratio, the better the acid.  Two relevant and interesting results came from this study:  (i) in any given  Bronsted acid, the I/E parameter of the different Lewis acids correlates very well with their independently measured H Q values, but the correlation is very dependent on the acid  20 used and (ii) TaFs has an unexplainably higher parameter value than SbFs at the highest studied HF concentrations.  The subsequent conclusion arrived at was that the I/E  parameter cannot be used to predict accurately the proton donating ability of a given conjugate superacid system while the H Q value cannot be applied as an accurate means of gauging its ion stabilizing properties. It should however be noted that many of the H Q values obtained in this study have since been proven to be too low, especially for the HF systems.  11  The greatest detriment to the use and study of NbFs and TaFs in these acid systems has been their lack of solubility, which is in part due to their tetrameric solid 11  state structure.  53  They both, however, coordinate the fluoride ion in alkaline HF  solutions to form [MFoT or even [MF7]2- anions, indicating their acceptor properties.  21  The solubility limitn.35 of-TaFs in HF is only 0.9 mole % (0.5 M) at 19 °C and that of NbFs an even lower 0.7 mole % (0.4 M); although there are no exact data available, the limit for TaFs appears to be slightly higher in HSO3F.  45  However, in the presence of  dissolved alkanes, up to 2 M solutions of MF5 can be formed in both HF and HSO3F 52  with both metals. This general lack of solubility has in large part been counteracted by the use of heterogeneous mixtures of these Lewis acids with the Bronsted acid in organic synthesis. The high redox potential and limited volatility of both Lewis acids has made 54  them catalysts of choice in certain hydrocarbon conversions, to be briefly discussed in the next subsection.  In summary, it is intriguing to note that both NbFs and TaFs have found use in superacid systems in spite of obvious limitations posed by the stated lack of solubility. It should be possible to modify both in order to increase their solubility without losing their acceptor ability and intrinsic acidity.  21  I.C.3. Synopsis of Superacid Applications Superacids have been used for three important, general applications: (i) to stabilize carbocations which cannot be prepared in less acidic media; (ii) as catalysts in organic reactions which may proceed via transient cationic intermediates; (iii) to generate unusual "inorganic" cations. All three of these processes have been discussed elsewhere in a methodological manner" and will hence only be highlighted here.  Two general types of carbocations have been generated in superacid media: "classical" trivalent carbenium ions and "nonclassical" pentavalent (or higher) carbonium ions. Examples are numerous but a very brief general summary of some generated 48  carbenium ions is shown in Figure 1.3. An interesting representative of the many higher valent carbonium ions which can be prepared in superacid media is the (CH)6 - type 2+  hexamethyl cation." It can be generated by more than one pathway and is shown in the same Figure. An equally interesting synthetic process is the conversion of benzene to cyclohexane by hydrogenation in a HF-TaFs/iso-pentane superacid solvent medium.  48  As catalysts, superacids have seen many applications. Among the processes in which they have shown exceptional efficiency are electrochemical  oxidations,  isomerization of alkanes, alkylation of alkanes, oligocondensation of lower alkanes, alkylation of aromatic hydrocarbons and acylation of aromatics.  Carboxylation,  formylation, sulfonation, nitration, halogenation, amination and polymerization of a  22  R* *H,  ,cV», ArH*V  XH  \  +  j  RH  /  /  «X  ROH  J  jO*H  RSH FSQjH-SbF, OR HF—SbFs  RCHO  RCH=0 H"  RO H,  |  RCH =CH,  RJCO  M  ***HX  "OR  R,S  i—T  RCONR. )NR j  _ -RS*H, ,  -R,S H  RCOjH  RCOOR'  / OH HO-CCf ^H)R  OR' R-C  R-C NRL  Figure 1.3. Examples of Carbenium and Carbonium Ions Generated in Superacidic Media  23 variety of organic materials are also efficient in superacid media, u £ 5 Their industrial importance has consequently been very well established.  Of greater relevance to this study are the various examples of interesting inorganic and organometallic cations which are mostly only observable in or isolable out of very weakly basic superacid media due to their high electrophilicity. Many different types of cations have been generated and they can be broadly categorized as follows: (i) onium ions; (ii) halogen cations; (iii) homopolyatomic cations of group 6 (chalcogens); (iv) miscellaneous cations. Their chemistry has been reviewed. - .  11 56 57  Table l.VII lists a selection of interesting  examples from each category.  To generate the cations shown, three general processes are used: (i) protonation of suitable substrates to generate onium cations; (ii) oxidation reactions involving various oxidizing agents; (iii) halide or preferably fluoride ion abstraction. A very well explored method is the second above, which makes use primarily of 56  S2O6F2, SO3, and SbFs or AsFs as the oxidizing agents in HSO3F, H2S04/oleum and S O 2 systems, respectively.  24 Table l . V H .  Examples of Some Inorganic and Organometallic Cations Generated in Superacidic Media  Cation Ref. Category  Substrate  Cation Generated  Salt Isolated  Superaddic-Oxidizing/ Protonating Medium  H 0 H 02 HS HN0  H3O+ H 02  I  l3  YES NO YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES  CIO2+  YES YES YES  HS03F-SbF or HF-AsF HS03F-SbF HF-SbFs oleum SC^-SbFs S0 -SbF5 or S02-AsF5 ASF3-ASF5 or HS0 F-S 06F S0 -AsF5 or HS03F-S 06F SC^-SbFs BrFs-SbFs BrFs-AsFs or HS03F-SO3/S 06F2/SbF5 Au( )/BrS03F CIF-ASF5 AsFs or S^eF^SnCSOsF^  XF +  YES  SbF  I C1+ O2+  YES YES  ISO3F F^SbFsorF^AsFs F /Mn02 S0 -AsF5 or HS0 F-S 06P S02-SbF or HS03F-S 06F HSO3F-S2O6F2 S0 /S0 ClF-AsF5 65% oleum SO2-ASF5 or HSO3F-S2O6F2 S02-SbF or HSO3F-S2O0P2 SO2-MF5 (M=As or Sb) S02-S206F or SO2-ASF5 SO2-ASF5 SO2/ASF3-ASF5 SbF HS03F-SbFs HF-MF5 (M=Nb,Ta,Sb)  2  2  +  3  H3S+  2  N02+  3  U* h  +  2  r  +  Br + Br3 2  Br  +  2  5  5  5  2  3  2  2  2  2  2  2  Br + Cl3 5  CU C10 F or C10 S03F XF (X=C1 or Br) ICI 2  +  S  i i i i ii ii ii ii ii ii  ii  11 11 145 127 58 11 146 146 62 64 147 148 149 65 150 132 11  ii iii iii iii iii iii iii iii iii iii iii iii iii iii iv iv iv  151 11 71 152 153 68 69 61 154 155 156 11 157 158 159 160 161  ii ii ii  i/ii  2  3  o  2  2  2  2  r  S 2+ S 2 Sl6 Si9 S+ Se 2+ Seg2+ Se 2+ Te 2+ Te 2+ Te^ XeF + B2H5+32H7+ (CH3)2Sn2+ 4  g  V  +  2+  2+  5  4  Se  10 4  Te XeF 4 B H6 (CH3)2SnF  5  6  3  2  2  YES YES NO YES NO YES YES YES YES NO YES YES NO YES  2  3  5  2  2  2  2  5  2  5  2 2  25 Of the cations listed in Table l.VII, some merit special mention: a) Halogen cations In particular, the I2 system has yielded a number of interesting cations. The crystal  structures of l2 (Sb2Fn-),  Is (AsF6"),  l3+(AsF6"),  +  +  Ii5 (SbF6")3, 3+  l42+(AsF6")2, l42+[SbF6"(Sb3FHn and [I(S03F)2]+r have all been reported"  with  many of the cations first identified in superacid solution. Of the other halogen cations, only Br2 (Sb3Fi6~) has a known molecular structure while C13+ has been identified +  64  65  solely by vibrational spectra. There is seemingly an increase in electjophilicity on going from I to CI and consequently Cl2 (well known in the gas phase) has remained elusive in +  the condensed phase.  66  A very recently reporteds? study has established the acidity threshholds above which the cations l2 , l3 , and Is+ can be generated in anydrous HF solutions. NaF and +  +  the Lewis acids MF5, with M = Nb, Ta and Sb, were used to fix precisely the acidity.  b) Chalcogen cations Besides square planar cations of the type E42+, with E = S, Se or Te, a number of unusual species exist for each element: Tee * with a trigonal prismatic structure, Seio 56  4  2-1  with a six-memberedringbridged by a Se4 chain to give a bicyclic system, and S192+ are such examples. The latter had originally been indentified in solution as Si6 , and its 68  2+  crystal structure ' as Si92+(AsF6")2 came as a bit of a surprise. This serves to illustrate 6  the general point that many more species may exist in superacid solution than are actually isolable.  26 The last member, Oi , is unusual for a number of reasons: +  (i) its identification in 02 (PtF6~) triggered off noble gas chemistry; 70  +  (ii) It does not appear to exist in superacid solution; (iii) Even though over a dozen 02+ salts with different fluoroanions are known, . the only existing x-ray crystal structure study, that of C>2 (Mn2F9"), was solved quite recently. 11 56  +  71  A possible 03+ species derived from ozone hasremainedelusive and a rather interesting S5+ is only identifiable by ESR. 61  c) Interhalogen cations and cations formed by xenon and krypton fluorides In the former group, tri-, penta- and heptaatomic systems dominate, with the triatomic cations involving any one of the four halogens and the latter two groups restricted to fluorocations.  11  Only a few are listed in Table l.VII, and structural studies  have been reported on some but not on all. The same can be said for the two chemically active noble gases.  11  As in any of the preceding groups, there are a number of challenges left for the synthetic and structural chemist: (i) diatomic interhalogen cations such as IC1+ and LBr+, both well known in the gas phase, have not been generated in liquid nor in solid state; 72  (ii) a number or pentaatomic cations of the type XY4+ with X = I or Br and Y = Br or Cl should be obtainable and (iii) a postulated Xe2 has remained an enigma. +  73  27 d) Organotin(rV) cations This is the last class significant enough to merit special attention. Dimethyl tin(TV) derivatives of very strong protonic or Lewis acids have recently been extensively studied via U9Sn Mttssbauer and the relative basicity or nucleophicity of the conjugate weak anionic Lewis bases has been approximately established.*  4  Furthermore, the  (CH3)2Sn2+ moiety can be thought of as the simplest representative of a more general class of R2Sn2+ type organotin cations, whose study in superacidic media is presently underway.  74  As a final note, it may be of interest that the most recent liquid superacid system to be reported  75  is the rather complex HCl/AlCl3-l-emyl-3-memyl-lH-imidazolium  chloride system, which has been claimed to have an arene protonating ability similar to that of anhydrous HF (-HQ = 15.1).  I.D. Some Properties of S2O0F2  The usefulness of bis(fluorosulfuryl) peroxide, S206F » as oxidizing agent to 2  generate cations in HSO3F has already been mentioned in the preceding section. This section will deal with some of its properties. Since HSO3F will be the principal reaction medium in this study, the two electron oxidizer S2O6F2 + 2e-  > 2SO3F-  becomes a natural reagent, generating the base ion SO3F ~ in the process.  (1-14)  28 S2O6F2 was first prepared in 1957 by Dudley and Cady via the fluorination of 76  SO3 at elevated temperature in the presence of AgF2 as catalyst A number of alternative routes have been reported, but this method has been adopted, modified and optimized 77  by us, with details discussed in the experimental section.  Its chemistry has been  extensively explored - and its physical properties (m.p.: -55.4 *C, b.p.: +67.1 °C) found 77 82  convenient for synthetic use. It is obtainable in high purity to allow its stoichiometric use in reactions.  Thorough characterization has been obtained via vapour density measurements, vapour pressure curves, as well as vibrational . and 19F NMR spectroscopy (singlet at 83  76 84  40.4 ppm) . The IR and Raman spectra are consistent with a structure of the point group 85  C2 (also found for H2O2), consisting of two O-SO2F fragments singly-bonded via the oxygens, with the O-O-S-F grouping being planar. Hence, S2O6F2 is structurally related to HSO3F and to other halogen fluorosulfates where the X-O-S-F group is found to be planar.  84  S2O6F2 does not react with glass and is conveniently stored in glass ampoules. Upon heating well beyond its boiling point, the material produces a brownish gas which has been shown to result from the following reversible equUibrium: 86  S2O6F2  2 S0 F-  (1-15)  3  It is the presence of the radical shown in the above equUibrium that is generaUy thought to be responsible for this material's oxidizing ability. The radical SO3F' has been studied by ESR,  87  its electronic, vibrational and rotational spectra are known and it has been 88  isolated in an argon matrix. Its photochemistry has also been discussed. The enthalpy 89  83  29 of dissociation of S2O6F2 into the two radicals has been found to be 23 ± 1 kcal/mole by a number of different techniques. . - *) 86  87  9  The electronegativity of the fluorosulfate group has been estimated from H9Sn Mttssbauer studies - of K2[SnXg] type complexes, with X = F, CI and SO3F. Using the 91  92  Pauling electronegativities of 3.98 and 3.16 for F and CI, respectively, this value was found to be 3.83 for SO3F.  A calculation  93  based on Mulliken's definition of  electronegativity led to a very comparable value of 3.88, suggesting that  SO3F  to fluorine in this regard than to chlorine. The Taft inductive constant,  94  is closer  which is a  measure of a ligand's ability to withdraw electronic charge via C and Tt effects, was also estimated for the fluorosulfate group by using U9Sn Mossbauer to study a specifically chosen set oftinfluorosulfate complexes.  95  The value of 3.68 obtained is significantly  greater than that o f 3.08 found for fluorine and indicates that the fluorosulfate group is better suited to delocalize charge over the entire group.  93  The anion SO3F has been  shown to be a stronger field ligand than chloride, much more comparable to fluoride in this respect.  96  Evidence for its ability to delocalize electronic charge comes from its  relative position in the nephelauxetic series: 93  Cr>S03F->H20>FIn summary, the strong oxidizing power of S2O6F2 makes the synthesis of a variety of compounds with the metal in high oxidation states very promising. This brief summary has centered around the physical and chemical properties of this versatile reagent. Some of its chemical reactions have been summarized by DeMarco and Shreeve. Additional aspects will be mentioned throughout this thesis and its interaction 77  with HSO3F will be dealt with in Chapter 3.  30 I.E. Preparation of Metal Fluorosulfates  A number of preparative methods leading to metal fluorosulfates have been thoroughly reviewed previously . ^. . .' and a detailed account is hence not needed. 6 8  13 77  7  Only more recent pathways relevant to the present work will be introduced here.  l.E.1. Solvolysis in HSPiF There are several general points of importance here which will be mentioned first. Most of these guidelines are valid for reactions of other strong acids as well: a) The oxidation state of the metal is retained; b) The reaction temperature must be sufficiently low to avoid self-dissociation of HSO3F to HF and SO3 with ensuing problems; c) The leaving group must be readily separable, allowing two simple and practical alternatives: (i) M X + nHS03F n  > M(S0 F)n(s) + HX(g) 3  (1-16)  with X = Cl, F, CH3, etc. The main product can be obtained by distillation or removal of volatiles. (ii) M(02CR)n + 2nHS03F  > M(S03F) ( )(l-17) n s  + n [RC02H2]+(solv) + n S O ^ s o i v )  with R = CH3, CF3, C0H5, etc. The main product here is best isolated by filtration; e) As a general rule, solvolysis works well where n is low (e.g. 1 to 3); f) The availability of suitable precursors limits this route's versatility.  31 Some examples of this synthetic pathway follow. Alkali metal fluorosulfate salts are easily made at room temperatures^ ^ 7  8 100  as are Sn(S03F)2 and Pb(SC>3F)2,98 for  example. Reports of higher oxidation state metal fluorosulfates prepared by this route are quite rare.  In(S03F)3  101  and the tin(TV) species,  (CH3)2Sn(S03F)2  102  (starting with  (CH3)2SnCl2, (CH3)3SnCl or (CH )4Sn), have been prepared, the former using elevated 3  temperatures. Chlorofluorosulfates can also form upon incomplete ligand substitution; some examples are TiCl2(S03F)2, SnCr3(S03F), SnCl2(S03F)2 and SbCLi(S03F).9  7  Th(S03F)4,J°3 Bi(SO3F)3,i04 A1(S03F)3, Pb(S03F)4"* and U(S03F) io7 have all been 105  4  prepared as well, albeit with a little more difficulty.  I.E.2. The Use of S7C7J? More convenient routes to fluorosulfate compounds with the central metal in a +3 or +4 oxidation state make use of the strong oxidizing ability of S2O0F2. They can be classified into three general categories: (i) oxidative halide substitution; (ii) direct metal oxidation; (iii) solvent-aided metal oxidation. Route (i) has seen limited use, due to frequently encountered mixed reaction products. A few binary fluorosulfate derivatives have, however, been synthesized according to:  32 MC1„ + 11/2S2O6F2  > M(S03F)n + n/2 CI2  (1-18)  Ga(S03F)3>os and U(S03F)4io9 can be obtained in pure form at room temperature according to the above, whereas Sn(SC*3F)4 can be prepared by heating the reaction mixture to 120 °CM° Reaction of SnCl4 with an excess of S2O6F2 at room temperature yields SnCl(S03F)3iu whereas the reactions of NbCls or TaGs with excess S2O6F2 at 60 ' C have resulted in the isolation of the oxyfluorosulfates MO(SC>3F)3 with both metals. i«  The substitution of chloride by S2O6F2 however suffers from a serious deficiency. With solid products formed, an excess of  S2O6F2 is required, being used as reagent as  well as reaction medium. At elevated temperatures, a sequence of side reactions occurs, resulting in the initial formation of CISO3F: Cl  2  + S2C-6F2  > 2CISO3F  (l-19a)  with further oxidation possible according to: CISO3F + 2S2O6F2  > CIO2SO3F + 2S2O5F2  (l-19b)  Such chloronium fluorosulfate or other intermediates formed during oxidation may interfere in two ways. Firstly, there is a chance of an explosion occurring, as has actually happened in the reaction of SnCU with  S2O6F2. Secondly, CIO2SO3F may act as an  SO3F " donor, the first accidental discovery of [Sn(SC>3F)6]2- has occurred in this manner.'  2  A milder, rather elegant version of this substitution reaction involves the use of BrS03F instead of S206F , as first reported by DesMarteau." 2  2  33 Fluorides have also been employed instead of chlorides in these types of reactions. The reaction of UF5 with S2O0F2 in CFCI3 at 40 °C yields UF3(S03F)  2  113  ,  whereas the reaction of SbF3in or ASF3115 with excess S2O6F2 leads to the respective antimony or arsenic analogs with the same composition, both of which are viscous liquids; oxidative addition rather than substitution is involved here. Non-statistical ligand redistribution reactions employing SbFs have also been used"* in the antimony system to prepare the species SbF4(S03F) and Sb2F9(S03F). The reaction of SnCl2F2 with S2O6F2 yields SnF2(S03F)2.u6  Route (ii) above has been somewhat limited by the lack of solubility of the M° species in the peroxide. At elevated temperatures (60 - 130 °C), Ag(S03F)2 .' 117  18  and  very recently Os(S03F)3U9 have however been prepared according to: M + excess S2O6F2  > M(S0 F) 3  (1-20)  n  The advantage of this method, when feasible, is the simplicity of product isolation, since the excess S2O0F2 is very easily removed in vacuo.  Route (iii) is perhaps the most efficient and most frequently and successfully used of all pathways leading to binary fluorosulfates, according to:  HSO3F  M + n/2 S2O6F2  > M(S0 F) 25-120 *C 3  (1-21)  n  A variety of species with n ranging from 2 to 4 have been prepared by this route: Pd(SO3F) ,i20.i2i Ir(S03F) ,i22 R (S03F)3,  123  Au(S03F) ,25 Mn(S0 F) ,i7 Rh(S03F) ,H9  Sn(S03F)4,33 Pt(S03F)4is and Ir(S03F)4.i22  These reactions usually proceed very  2  3  U  3  3  3  3  smoothly over a period of a few days.- The versatility of this method combined with the  34 absence of any by-products makes it very useful; the products can usually be isolated by removing the solvent and excess S2O6F2 in vacuo. limitations, however.  This pathway has encountered  In one case, the unique +7 oxidation state fluorosulfate  Re02(S03F)3 was obtained as a viscous yellow liquid,  A binary fluorosulfate with this  metal could not be isolated. Similarly, only the fluorofluorosulfate GeF2(S03F>2 could be isolated.  33  In addition to the above binary fluorosulfates, Reaction (1-21) can be expanded to prepare a variety of ternary fluorosulfates, usually by introducing a desired fluorosulfate salt to the reaction mixture:  HSO3F x M'(S03F) + M + n/2 S2O6F2  > M '[M(S03F) ] x  n+x  (1-22)  25-120 *C  where x = 1 or 2 and M ' = Cs, K , or CIO2, among others.  Most of the binary species made via Reactions (1-20) and (1-21) can be converted to their respective ternary fluorosulfate according to the above. In some cases, such as with Pt(SC>3F)4i5 and Sn(S03F)4, both the [M(SC>3F)5]" and [M(SC»3F)6]2- anions can be 33  stabilized.  However, for many of the listed binary fluorosulfates, only the  M'[M(SC>3F)iM.i] type salts are isolable.  The ruthenium system^ is somewhat  interesting in that the salts K2[Ru(S03F)6], Cs [Ru(S03F)6], and Cs[Ru(S03F)s] have 2  been prepared although the parent species Ru(SC»3F)4 has not Dipositive cations, such as Ba2+ or Pd2+ have also been used in Reaction (1-22) to stabilize salts with [M(S03F)n+2] - type anions.1s.121 2  The preparation of both Cs2[Sn(SC>3F)6] and 33  Cs2[Pt(S03F)6]i by this route suggests by analogy that Sn(SC»3F)4 is probably an acid of 5  35 the HSO3F system (HS03F-Pt(S03F)4 forms a very powerful superacid system),is although its virtual insolubility in this solvent precludes any solution studies.  I.E.3. SO3 Insertion Reactions This route is limited to substrates with weak and/or polar enough metal-fluorine bonds to allow insertion of SO3; bridging fluorines are targets and indeed this reaction has been attempted with SbFs, NbFs, TaFs, and U F 5 , 16  21  21  113  leading to the respective  species SbF (S03F), NDF5.2.ISO3 ("NbF3(S03F)2"), TaF »2.6SC>3 ("TaF (S03F)2") and 4  5  3  UF3(S03F)2. The presence of excess, unremoved SO3 was claimed as the cause of the composition discrepancy  107  in the Nb and Ta materials. The reaction of TJviF6 with SO3  in CFCI3 is quite interesting, yielding U F(S03F)4 V  higher temperatures, UF2(S03F)3 analytically pure state.  124  113  between -60 and -50 "C whereas at  is formed; both compounds were obtained in an  S2O6F2 was identified as a by-product during the unusual  reduction of the uranium from +6 to +5 in both instances.  As is evident from the previous discussion, some binary metal fluorosulfates are prone to decomposition, which occurs via one or both of the following primary pathways: (i) SO3 elimination, resulting in a fluoro(fluorosulfate) or  (ii) S2O5F2 evolution,  resulting in an oxyfluorosulfate. Both of these decomposition products are volatile and hence removable in vacuo. The preparation of GeF2(S03F)2 is an example of the first 33  pathway whereas the formation of Re02(S03F)3, NbO(S03F)3 and TaO(S03F)3 are 17  18  18  examples of the second. When SbCls was reacted with S2O0F2, both decomposition 19  routes were suggested as an explanation for the very complex nature of the resulting system.  36 Many other synthetic pathways have been used to make metal fluorosulfates, 13  which were not touched upon in the above discussions for the sake of brevity. The last two sections of this introduction will deal with two important techniques that have been employed to characterize fluorosulfate compounds, both in solid state and in solution.  l.F. Vibrational Characterization of the Fluorosulfate Group  The fluorosulfate group is suitable for characterization  via vibrational  spectroscopy for the following reasons: (i) its fundamental modes spread conveniently over the mid- to far-IR region (1500-300 cm- ); 1  (ii) stretching modes, found between 1500 and 700 cm , are primarily used in structural interpretation; 1  (iii) S-0 and S-F are good Raman scattering groups.  l.F.1. Symmetry Considerations The free SO3F " ion has C3 symmetry, giving rise to six fundamental vibrational V  modes, 3A' + 3E.  However, upon cocwxlination through one or two oxygens, the  symmetry is reduced to C or C i and nine fundamental vibrations, 6A' + 3A", result If s  the third oxygen as well as the fluorine are also involved in the coordination, C3  V  symmetry is restored and six fundamental modes are expected. Furthermore, strongly polarizing or aspherical cations such as NO+, NOj " or C102+ can partially lift the 1  degeneracy of the E modes if C3 symmetry of the fluorosulfate group is involved. All V  of the vibrational modes of SO3F are both JR and Raman active.  37 Relative band positions in the S-O and S-F stretching regions (~750 - 1450 cm-l) reflect the type of SO3F group that is present Coordination of either oxygen or fluorine weakens and thus lowers the stretching frequency of the respective S-O or S-F bond. Electron withdrawal effects  125  resulting from the coordination of oxygen in turn  strengthen the other uncoordinated S-O and S-F bonds, causing their vibrational modes to occur at higher frequencies. The occurrence of the S-F stretching mode in an unobscured region of the spectra makes it very useful as an indicator of whether an ionic or covalently bound SO3F group is present.  I.F.2. Effect of Various Fluorosulfate Coordination on Vibrational Frequencies A very general schematic representation showing the effect of the different possible fluorosulfate coordination types on band frequencies is given in Figure 1.4. Each type is briefly discussed below.  a)Ionic(C3 ) v  Simple crystalline ionic salts such as KSO3F29 give vibrational spectra whose band frequencies are nearly at identical positions to those calculated from a normal coordinate analysis of the SO3F " ion's l A i electronic ground state: 1287 (V4, as. S-O 126  stretch), 1082 (vi, sym. S-O stretch), 786 (V2, S-F stretch), 592 (V5, SO3F deformation), 566 (V3, SO3F deformation) and 409 (V& SO3F deformation) cm-l. The only significant difference is in the position of the S-F stretching mode, which occurs at a somewhat lower frequency of 741 cm-l in KSO3F.  V  'so Ionic, C  SF  6  S0 F 3  KS03F»  3 V  Ionic (Perturbed), C2V  NOS03F127  A  Monodentate, Cs  B1dentate, C  KB^(S03F)4  ,62  (CH3)2Sn(S03F)2  M  s  X Trldentate, C  Ni(S03F)298  3 V  Tetradentate, C3V  1500  Figure 1.4.  Ti aio(S03F)2i29 3  1000  500  H  200 cm-1 u>  Effect of Coordination on the Vibrational Band Pattern of the SO3F Group  00  39 b) Perturbed Ionic (Cj ) v  As already mentioned, strongly polarizing monatomic and/or asymmetric polyatomic cations can cause up to about a 30 cm-l spurting of one or more of the three doubly degenerate E modes. NOSO3F is an example of such a species. ? 12  c) Covalent Monodentate (C ) s  This type of coordination is very common among ternary fluorosulfate complexes, such as Cs[Au(S03F)4] and Cs2[M(S03F)6] with M = Pd, Pt, Sn or Ge, and is also found among halogen fluorosulfates such as FSO3F.128 Typically, the three S-O stretching modes are found at about 1450, 1230 and 1000 cm-l, although the latter can 15  occur as low as 900 cm-l j complexes of very low ionicity. The S-F stretching mode n  can be found anywhere in the range 850 ± 40 cm" . 1  d) Covalent Bidentate (C ) s  Bridging bidentate SO3F groups are found in, for example, the binary fluorosulfates M(S03F)3, with M = Ge, Fe or Mn, as well as in the compounds (CH3)3Sn(S03F)2 (verified by x-ray crystal structure), SnF2(S03F)2 and GeF2(S03F)2. 26  Typical frequencies for the S-O stretching modes are about 1400, 1130 and 1070 cm-l, and hence are quite distinguishable from those found for covalent monodentate groups; - the position of the S-F stretching mode, however, is not. 15 128  e) Covalent Tridentate (CjyJ This  type  of  coordination  is  usually  found  among  the polymeric  bis(fluorosulfates) of the 3d transition metals, with each SO3F group being coordinated  40 via the oxygens to three different metal centers. It is easily distinguishable from the ionic fluorosulfates by its high S-F stretching frequency, usually occurring in the range 840890 cm-l.  f) Covalent Tetradentate (C3 ) V  Ti3Clio(SC>3F)2  129  is the only compound for which ccordination of all three  oxygens and the fluorine has been postulated. The C3 symmetry for the SO3F group V  suggested from the vibrational spectra as well as the occurrence of the S-F stretching mode at an unprecedently low frequency of 660 cm-l were the basis for this assignment.  A number of fluorosulfate compounds, such as Au(S03F)3,25 Pt(S03F) ,i5 and 4  Sn(S03F)4, involve both covalent monodentate and bridging bidentate SO3F groups to allow the metal center to exist in a higher coordinated, more symmetric ligand environment.  This has been concluded from the presence of representative S-O  stretching frequencies from both categories c) and d) above, and from the proliferation of the S-F stretching mode. M'(n)[M(iV)(S03F)6],m.  121  In addition, compounds of the type  with M ' = Ag or Pd and M = Sn, Pd or Pt, involve "aniso-  bidentate bridging", where the fluorosulfate group may be bridging between both the +2 and +4 metal ions, with a stronger bond to M4+; spectra of these species also show evidence for both monodentate and bidentate SO3F coordination. Furthermore, the coexistence of bidentate and tridentate SO3F coordination has been tentatively suggested for the presumably eight-coordinated UF2(S03F)3i  25  andUF3(S03F)2  113  species from the  vibrational spectral data.  Complications in exactly assigning the aformentioned diagnostic spectral bands can arise from solid state band splitting or broadening that is caused by cation-anion  41 interactions. The resulting spectra tend as a result to look much more complex than expected, as has been observed in the Raman spectrum of the ternary complex 33  Cs2[Ge(S0 F)6]. 3  As may be apparent from Figure 1.4, the SO3F deformation region is not very practical as a means of differentiating among the various fluorosulfate groups. In addition, this spectral region is often obscured by coincidentally overlapping M-0 stretching modes.  In summary, the diagnostic vibrational bands that have been discussed together with their intensities provide a means of qualitatively probing the structural backbones of a variety of fluorosulfate compounds. In light of the paucity of reported X-ray crystal structures, this is very fortunate and lends this technique additional significance.  l.G. Multinuclear NMR Spectroscopy Studies in H S O 3 F  Few NMR spectroscopy studies are reported with fluorosulfuric acid as the solvent.  With few exceptions, these studies have involved the investigation of the  acceptor properties of strong Lewis acids in HSO3F. The nuclei that have been studied are IH, 19F, 13C, H9Sn and 129Xe.  An important NMR study in this solvent has involved the "Magic Acid" system HS03F-SbF5. An initial study of ~l-3 molal SbFs solutions assigned the 19F signals 38  found in the Sb-F and -OSO2F resonance regions at -66 "C to the solvated species [SbF (S0 F)]" and [(SbF5)2S03F]" (bridged via SO3F). Addition of 1-3 moles of SO3 5  3  to the HSC^F-SbFs solutions led" to the identification of species of the type  42 [SbF -x(SC-3F)x]S03F 5  with x = 1, 2 or 3. A more detailed 19F NMR study5o of the  HS03F-SbF5 solutions at -60 ± 5 *C (with the molar fraction of SbFs ranging from 0.4 to 0.8) suggested a more complicated system. In addition to the species already shown earlier in Figure 1.2 and mentioned above, [(SbF4(S03F))2S03F] and [(SbFs)4S03F] ~ _  were also identified. In all of the above solutions, both the terminal and bridging SO3F resonances were assigned within 4 ppm downfield of the solvent resonance, which was itself however reported at an unusually low field position of 44.9 ppm (relative to 50  CFCI3) compared to 41.0 ± 0.5 ppm that has been reported elsewhere.  15>25,130,131  The presence of both fluorides and fluorosulfates in the above system make it suitable for this type of structural investigation.  Furthermore, the high solubility  (miscibility) of SbFs in HSO3F allowed high solute concentrations to be reached. The lack of one or both of these features has frequently been at the head of factors limiting wider applicability of this technique with other fluorosulfate systems.  A number of other systems have been studied via multinuclear NMR and will be briefly summarized.  Two molar solutions of Au(S03F)3 and Cs[Au(S03F)4] both  exhibit a singlet resonance at the same position (slightly downfield of the solvent peak), 25  supporting the acceptor behaviour of the former.  Similarily, 0.2 M solutions of  Pt(S03F)4, Cs[Pt(S03F)5] and Cs2[Pt(S03F)6] give risei to the same singlet resonance a 5  few ppm downfield of the solvent signal. This helped establish HS03F-Pt(S03F)4 as the first and only known dibasic superacid system in fluorosulfuric acid.  Although the lack of solubility of Sn(S(>$F)4 precluded its study, the ternary salts K[Sn(S03F)5] and K2[Sn(SC>3F)6] have been studied33.i32 by both 19F and H9Sn NMR. Rapid solvent/solute fluorosulfate exchange was found for the former salt, leading to one  43 c o m b i n e d s i g n a l , whereas the latter gave rise to a singlet solute resonance m a r g i n a l l y d o w n f i e l d of the solvent s i g n a l .  again  This p r o v i d e d the best e v i d e n c e f o r  the  suspected superacidity of Sn(SC>3F)4 i n HSO3F.  Rapid solvent/solute f l u o r o s u l f a t e exchange combined  of  all  solvent/solute  other  resonances  reported  systems.  down  to  These  -80 are  g i v e n rise to  has or  -90  "C  I(S03F)3,i33  in  the  o n l y single 19F  NMR  Cs2[Ge(S03F)6],33  Cs [(CH3)2Sn(S03F)2+x], 34 w i t h x = 0, 1 o r 2, XeFs(S03F) (fluorosulfate region of 1  x  spectrum only) a n d Xe(SO3F)2.i30.i35 The last species listed w a s also found to be in rapid e q u i l i b r i u m w i t h Xe(S03F)+. r a n g i n g f r o m -70  to -100  129Xe NMR investigations i n HSO3F at temperatures  °C have also been reported f o r these as w e l l as other x e n o n -  c o n t a i n i n g SOluteS. 136.137  The dimethyltin(IV) anions, [(CH )2Sn(S03F)2+x] -, w i t h x = 1 o r 2, have also 3  x  been s t u d i e d ^ i n HSO3F solution u s i n g IH, 13C a n d H9Sn NMR i n the temperature range -90 to +25 °C. The electronic structure of the (CH3)2Sn2+ m o i e t y was f o u n d to be nearly i d e n t i c a l i n each 'ease, w i t h the c o o r d i n a t i o n n u m b e r of tin b e i n g six v i a c o o r d i n a t i o n f r o m either  fluorosulfate  i o n s o r the solvent itself.  Only one s i g n a l was seen i n the *H NMR of the HS03F-SbFs 8 a n d HSO3F3  Au(S03F)3 systems. This is consistent w i t h a r a p i d p r o t o n transfer process c c c u r r i n g i n 25  these a n d p r e s u m a b l y other p r o t o n i c s u p e r a c i d systems.  The m a i n l i m i t a t i o n s of c o n v e n t i o n a l NMR techniques (especially 19F NMR) the study of f l u o r o s u l f u r i c a c i d solutions can be s u m m a r i z e d :  in  44 (i) lack of solubility of the desired solute; (ii) rapid solvent/solute fluorosulfate exchange mmimizing the structural information available; (iii) tendency of coordinated fluorosulfate 19F resonances to occur in close proximity to the solvent signal, resulting in potential overlap. IH Dynamic Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (IH DNMR) techniques" have been used to study the acidity of the HSC^F-SbFs ("Magic Acid") system at concentrations beyond 11 mole %, which is where the indicator method described in Section l.C. meets its limit. The acidity of this system was established in the 12 - 90 mole % SbFs range by systematically investigating the thermodynamic - ' and kinetic behaviour of various 138 13  aromatic aldehydes and ketones in these media.  140  A -HQ value of 26.5 was thus  established for the 90 mole % solution, which remains to date as the highest acidity 140  measured in solution.  45  REFERENCES  1. T.E. Thorpe and W. Kirman, / . Chem. Soc. London, 921 (1892). 2. W. Lange, in "Fluorine Chemistry", J JL Simons, Ed., Academic Press, New York, VoLI, 1950. 3. G Ji. Cady, Adv. Inorg. Chem. Radiochem. 2,105 (1960). 4. A. Engelbrecht, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 4,641 (1965). 5. S.M. WiUiamson, Prog. Inorg. Chem. 7,39 (1968). 6. R.C. Thompson, in "Inorganic Sulphur Chemistry", G. Nickless, Ed., Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1968. 7. RJ. Gillespie, Acc. Chem. Res. 1,202 (1968). 8. A.W. Jache, Adv. Inorg. Chem. Radiochem. 16,177 (1974). 9. S Natarajan and A.W. Jache, in "The Chemistry of Non-Aqueous Solvents", Vol.VB J.J. Lagowski, Ed., Academic Press, N.Y., 1978. 10. RJ. Gillespie and T.E. Peel, Adv. Phys. Org. Chem. 9,1 (1972). 11. G.A. Olah, G.K.S. Prakash and J. Sommer, "Superacids", J. Wiley & Sons, N.Y., 1985 (and references herein). 12. S. Kamnanithy and F. Aubke, Materials Science and Engineering 62,241 (1984). 13. G.A. Lawrence, Chem. Rev. 86,17 (1986). 14. P. Hagenmiiller, "Inorganic Solid Fluorides", Academic Press, N.Y., 1985. 15. K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 23,2124 (1984). 16. RJ. Gillespie and R.A. Rothenbury, Can. J. Chem. 42,416 (1964). 17. S.P. Mallela and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 24,2969 (1984). 18. G.C. Kleinkopf and J.M. Shreeve, Inorg. Chem. 4,607 (1964). 19. R Ji. Nofde and G.H. Cady, / . Inorg. Nucl. Chem. 29,969 (1967). 20. F. Fairbrother, 'The Chemistry ofNiobium and Tantalum", Elsevier, London, 1967.  21. D. Brown, Chemistry of Niobium and Tantalum in "Comprehensive Inorganic Chemistry", Pergamon Press, N.Y., Vol JH, 1973. 22. a) H.C. Clark and HJ. Emeldus, /. Chem. Soc, 2119 (1957). b) L.E. Trevorrow, J. Fischer and R.K. Steunenberg, /. Am. Chem. Soc. 79,5167 (1957). 23. R.C. Paul, R.C. Kumar and R.D. Verma, /. Fluor. Chem. 11,203 (1978). 24. S. Singh, M.S. Gill and R.D. Verma, /. Fluor. Chem. 27,133 (1985). 25. K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 18,389 (1979). 26. F.A. Allen, J. Lerbscher and J. Trotter, /. Chem. Soc. A, 2507 (1971). 27. R.J. Gillespie, G.J. Schrobilgen and D.R. Slim, /. Chem. Soc, Dalton Trans., 1003 (1977). 28. M.J. tallins, G De'nes and RJ. Gillespie, J. Chem. Soc, Chem. Commun., 1296 (1984). 29. K. O'Sullivan, R.C. Thompson and J. Trotter, /. Chem. Soc. A, 2024 (1967). 30. K. O'Sullivan, R.C. Thompson and J. Trotter, /. Chem. Soc. A, 1814 (1970). 31. A. Kvick, P.-G. Jonsson and I. Olovsson, Inorg. Chem. 8,2775 (1969). 32. N. Bartlett, M. Wechsberg, G.R. Jones and R.D. Burbank, Inorg. Chem. 11,1124 (1972). 33. S.P. Mallela, K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 23,653 (1984). 34. S.P. Mallela, S. Yap, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 25,4327 (1986). 35. H.H. Hyman and JJ. Katz, in "Non-Aqueous Solvent Systems", T.C. Waddington, Ed., Academic Press, London, Chapter 2,1965. 36. RJ. Gillespie and J. Liang, /. Am. Chem. Soc. 110,6053 (1988). 37. J. Barr, RJ. Gillespie and R.C. Thompson, Inorg. Chem. 3,1149 (1964). 38. R.C. Thompson, J. Barr, RJ. Gillespie, J.R. Milne and R.A. Rothenbury, Inorg. Chem. 4,1641 (1965). 39. A.A. Woolf, /. Chem. Soc. 433 (1955). 40. T.C. Waddington, "Non-Aqueous Solvents", Appleton-Century-Crofts, N.Y., 1969.  41. L.P. Hammett and A J . Deyrup, /. Am. Chem. Soc. 54,2721 (1932). 42. M.A. Paul and F.A. Long, Chem. Rev. 57,1 (1957). 43. RJ. Gillespie, T.E. Peel and E.A. Robinson, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 93,5083 (1971). 44. RJ. Gillespie and T.E. Peel, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 95,5173 (1973). 45. G.M. Kramer, J. Org. Chem. 40,302 (1975). 46. R J . Gillespie, R. Ouchi and G.P. Pez, Inorg. Chem. 8,63 (1969). 47. F.O. Sladky, P.A. Bolliner and N. Bartlett, J. Chem. Soc. A, 2179 (1969). 48. G.A. Olah, G.K.S. Prakash and J. Sommer, Science 206,13 (1979). 49. G.A. Olah and A. Commeyras, /. Am. Chem. Soc. 91,2929 (1969). 50. D. Brunei, A. Germain and A. Commeyras, Nouv. J. Chim. 2,275 (1978). 51. P.A.W. Dean and RJ. Gillespie,/. Am. Chem. Soc. 92,2362 (1970). 52. G.M. Kramer, J. Org. Chem. 40,298 (1975). 53. A J. Edwards, /. Chem. Soc, 3714 (1964). 54. J.O. Hill, I.G. Worsley and L.G. Hepler, Chem. Rev. 71,127 (1971). 55. G.A. Olah, O. Farooq, S.MJ . Farnia and J.A. Olah, /. Am. Chem. Soc. 110,2560 (1988). 7  56. N. Burford, J. Passmore and J.C.P. Sanders, in "Molecular Structure and Energetics", VCH, Accepted, 1989. 57. A.A. Woolf,Adv.Inorg.Chem.Radiochem.9,111 (1966). 58. C G . Davies, R J . Gillespie, P.R. Ireland and J.M. Sowa, Can. J. Chem. 52,2048 (1974). 59. J. Passmore, G. Sutherland and P.S. White, Inorg. Chem. 20,2169 (1981). 60. A. Apblett, F. Grein, J J?. Johnson, J. Passmore and P.S. White, Inorg. Chem. 25,422 (1986). 61. H.S. Low and R.A. Beaudet, /. Am. Chem. Soc. 98,3849 (1976). 62. J. Passmore, P. Taylor, T. Whidden and P.S. White, Can. J. Chem. 57,968 (1979).  63. R J . Gillespie, R. Kapoor, P. Faggiani, C JJ_. Lock, M J . Murchie and P. Passmore, /. Chem. Soc, Chem. Commun., 8 (1983).  64. A J . Edwards and G.R. Jones, /. Chem. Soc. 2318 (1971). 65. R J . Gillespie, M J . Morton, Inorg. Chem. 9,811 (1970). 66. R J . Gillespie and M J . Morton, Inorg. Chem. 11,591 (1972). 67. J. Besida and A. O'Donnell, Inorg. Chem. 28,1669 (1989). 68. J. Barr, R J . Gillespie and P.K. Uminat,  J. Chem. Soc, Chem. Commun.,  264 (1970).  69. R.C. Burns, R J . Gillespie and JJF. Sawyer, Inorg. Chem. 19,1423 (1980). 70. N. Bartlett and D.H. Lohmann, Proc. Chem. Soc. London, 115 (1962).  71. B.G. Muller, /. Fluor. Chem. 17,409 (1981).  72. A.B. Cornford, Ph.D. Thesis, University of British Columbia, 1972. 73. K. Seppelt and D. Lentz, Prog. Inorg. Chem. 29,167 (1982). 74. F. Aubke, unpublished results. 75. G.P. Smith, A.S. Dworkin, R.M. Pagni and S.P. Zingg, /. Am. Chem. Soc. I l l , 525 (1989). 76. F.B. Dudley and G.H. Cady, /. Am. Chem. Soc. 79,513 (1957). 77. R.A. DeMarco and J.M. Shreeve, Adv. Inorg. Chem. Radiochem. 16,109 (1974).  78. E.L. Muetterties and D.D. (^ffman, /. Am. Chem. Soc. 80,5914 (1958). 79. J.M. Shreeve and G.H. Cady, /. Am. Chem. Soc. 83,4521 (1961). 80. J.M. Shreeve and G.H. Cady, Inorg. Syn. 7,124 (1963). 81. F.B. Dudley, /. Chem. Soc, 3407 (1963).  82. J.K. Ruff and R.J5. Merritt, Inorg. Chem. 6,1219 (1968). 83. E.C. Zimmermann and J. Ross, /. Chem. Phys. 80,720 (1984). 84. A.M. Qureshi, L.E. Levchuk and F. Aubke, Can. J. Chem. 49,2544 (1971). 85. G. Franz and F. Neumayr, Inorg. Chem. 3,921 (1964).  86. F.B. Dudley and G.H. Cady, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 85, 3375 (1963). 87. P.M. Nutkowitz and G. Vincow, /. Am. Chem. Soc. 91,5956 (1969). 88. G.W. K i n g and C H . Warren, /. Mol. Spect. 32,121 (1969). 89. E.M. Suzuki, J.W. Nibler, K.A. Oakes and D. Eggers, Jr., /. Mol. Spect. 58,201 (1975). 90. E. Castellano, R. Gatti, J J L Sicre, and H.I. Schumacher, Z. Physik. Chem. (Frankfurt) 42,174 (1964). 91. H.A. Carter, A.M. Qureshi, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, Can. J. Chem. 48,2853 (1970). 92. P.A. Yeats, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 12,328 (1973). 93. P.C. Leung, Ph.D. Thesis, University of British Columbia, 1979. 94. R.W. Taft in "Steric Effects in Organic Chemistry", M.S. Newman, Ed., Wiley, N.Y., 1956. 95. P.A. Yeats, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 11,2634 (1972). 96. D.A. Edwards, M J . Stiff and A.A. Woolf, Inorg. Nucl. Chem. Lett. 3,427 (1967). 97. A.A. Woolf in "New Pathways in Inorganic Chemistry", E.A.V. Ebsworth, A.G. Maddock and A.G. Sharpe, Eds., Cambridge University Press, U.K., 1968. 98. C.S. Alleyne, K. O'Sullivan-Mailer and R.C. Thompson, Can. J. Chem. 52,336 (1974). 99. S.P. Mallela and F. Aubke, Can. J. Chem. 62,382 (1984). 100. A.A. Woolf, /. Chem. Soc. A, 335 (1967). 101. R.C. Paul, R D . Sharma, S. Singh and R D . Verma, /. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. 43,1919 (1981). 102. P.A. Yeats, B.F.E. Ford, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, Chem. Commun., 791 (1969). 103. R.C. Paul, S. Singh and R D . Verma, J. Indian Chem. Soc. 58,24 (1981). 104. R.C. Paul, S. Singh, R.C. Kumar, R.D. Sharma and R D . Verma, Ind. J. of Chem. 17A, 273 (1979). 105. S. Singh and R D . Verma, Polyhedron 2,1209 (1983).  106. H.A. Carter, C A . Milne and F. Aubke, / . Inorg. Nucl. Chem. 37,282 (1975). 107. R.C. Paul, S. Singh and RX>. Verma, / . Fluor. Chem. 16,153 (1980). 108. A. Storr, P.A. Yeats and F. Aubke, Can. J. Chem. 50,452 (1972). 109. L.M. Emme and CLvGard, / . Fluor. Chem. 12,77 (1978). 110. P.A. Yeats, B.L. Poh, B.FJE. Ford, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, / . Chem. Soc. A, 2188 (1970). 111. M. Lustig and G.H. Cady, Inorg. Chem. 3,714 (1962). 112. D.D. DesMarteau, Inorg. Chem. 7,434 (1968). 113. J.P. Masson, C. Naulin, P. Charpin and R. Bougon, Inorg. Chem. 17,1858 (1978). 114. W.W. Wilson and F. Aubke, / . Fluor. Chem. 13,431 (1979). 115. H. Imoto and F. Aubke, / . Fluor. Chem. 15,59 (1980). 116. L.E. Levchuk and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 11,43 (1972). 117. P.C Leung and F. Aubke, Inorg. Nucl. Chem. Letters 13,263 (1977). 118. P.C. Leung and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 17,1765 (1978). 119. P.C Leung, G.B. Wong and F. Aubke, / . Fluor. Chem. 35,607 (1987). 120. K . C Lee and F. Aubke, Can. J. Chem. 55,2473 (1977). 121. K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, Can. J. Chem. 57,2058 (1979). 122. K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, / . Fluor. Chem. 19,501 (1982). 123. P.C. Leung and F. Aubke, Can. J. Chem. 62,2892 (1984). 124. W.W. Wilson, C. Naulin and R. Bougon, Inorg. Chem. 16,2252 (1977). 125. D.W.J. Cruickshank and B.C. Webster, "Inorganic Sulfur Chemistry", G. Nickless, Ed., Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1968. 126. S.P. So, Mol. Phys. 23,1147 (1972). 127. A.M. Qureshi, H.A. Carter and F. Aubke, Can. J. Chem. 49,35 (1971). 128. K.C. Lee, Ph.D. Thesis, University of British Columbia, 1980.  129. J.R. Dalziel, R.D. Klett, P.A. Yeats and F. Aubke, Can. J. Chem. 52,231 (1974). 130. N. Keller and G.J. Schrobilgen, Inorg. Chem. 20,2118 (1981). 131. R. Mews and H.C. Braeuer, Z. Anorg. Allg. Chem. 447,126 (1978). 132. P.A. Yeats, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 12, 328 (1973). 133. R.J. Gillespie and J.B. Milne, Inorg. Chem. 5,1236 (1966). 134. S.P. Mallela, S. Yap, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 25,4074 (1986). 135. R J . Gillespie and G J . Schrobilgen, Inorg. Chem. 13,765 (1974). 136. G J . Schrobilgen in "NMR and the Periodic Table", R.K. Harris and B. E. Mann, Ed., Academic Press, London, 1978. 137. G J . Schrobilgen, J.H. Holloway, P. Ganger and C. Brevard, Inorg. Chem. 17,980 (1978). 138. J. Sommer, P. Rimmelin and T. Drakenberg, /. Am. Chem. Soc. 98,2671 (1976). 139. J. Sommer, S. Schwartz, P. Rimmelin and P. Canivet, /. Am. Chem. Soc. 100,2576 (1978). 140. V. Gold, K. Lali, K.P. Morris and L.Z. Zdunek, /. Chem. Soc, Chem. Commun., 769 (1981). 141. H. Remy, "Lehrbuch der Anorganische Chemie", Akademische Verlagsgeselschaft, Leipzig, Geest und Partig K-G, 1949. 142. R.P. Bell, "Acids and Bases: Their Quantitative Behaviour", Methuen and Co., Ltd., London, 1969. 143. J. Grondin, R. Sagnes and A. Commeyras, Bull. Soc. Chim. Fr., 1779 (1976). 144. V.A. Engelbrecht and E. Tschager, Z. Anorg. Allg. Chem. 433,19 (1977). 145. K.O. Christie, Inorg. Chem. 14,2230 (1975). 146. R J . Gillespie and J.B. Milne, Inorg. Chem. 5,1577 (1966). 147. O. Glemser and A. Smalc, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 8,517 (1969). 148. R J . Gillespie, M J . Morton, /. Chem. Soc, Chem. Commun., 1565 (1968). 149. K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 19,119 (1980).  150. P.A. Yeats and F. Aubke, / . Fluor. Chem. 4,243 (1974). 151. W.W. Wilson and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 13,326 (1974). 152. J. Passmore, G. Sutherland and P.S. White, J. Chem. Soc, Chem. Commun., 330 (1980). 153. C.G. Davies, RJ. Gillespie, JJ. Park and J. Passmore, Inorg. Chem. 10,2781 (1971). 154. R.C. Burns and RJ. Gillespie, Inorg. Chem. 21,3877 (1982). 155. R.K. McMullen, D J . Prince and JD. Corbett, Inorg. Chem. 10,1749 (1971). 156. R.C. Burns, W.L. Chan, R J. Gillespie, W.C. Luk, JJ5. Sawyer and D.R. Slim, Inorg. Chem. 19,1432 (1980). 157. J. Barr, RJ. Gillespie, GJ?. Pez, P.K. Ummat and O.C. Vaidya, Inorg. Chem. 10, 362 (1971). 158. RJ. Gillespie, W. Luk and D.R. Slim, / . Chem. Soc, Chem. Commun., 791 (1976). 159. RJ. Gillespie, B.Landa and G J . Schrobilgen, Inorg. Chem. 15,1256 (1976). 160. G.A. Olah, R. Aniszfeld, G.KLS. Prakash and R.E. Williams, / . Am. Chem. Soc. 110,7885 (1988). 161. S.P. Mallela, S. Yap, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, Rev. Chim. Min. 23,572 (1986). 162. H.A. Carter, SP.L. Jones andF. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 9,2485 (1970).  53 CHAPTER 2 GENERAL EXPERIMENTAL  2.A. Introduction  General experimental techniques as well as the sources, purification and, where necessary, preparation of starting materials used in this study will be dealt with in this section. Specific syntheses and procedures will be described in the appropriate chapters.  The extreme moisture sensitive nature of nearly all of the purchased and synthesized chemicals necessitated handling them either by using standard vacuum line techniques, or, in the case of less volatile liquid or solid materials, manipulating and storing them in an inert atmosphere drybox. The high toxicity of the various species encountered required a well ventilated working environment, necessitating the use of fume hoods at all times.  Where possible, reactions were monitored by weight difference in the reaction vials. Removal of volatile by-products was usually carried out at, or slightly below, room temperature. Complete removal of less volatile materials, such as HSO3F, which requires elevated temperatures even under vacuum conditions,! was not always possible using this method, owing to the thermal instability of a large number of the prepared compounds. Product isolation by filtration was employed in instances where solids formed, resulting necessarily in reduced yields, and precluded obtaining a mass balance of the reaction by weight.  Fluorolube grease Series 25-10M, CF2a(CF2-CFCl) CF2Cl, obtained from n  54 Halocarbon Products Corporation, was sparingly used to lubricate all ground glass connections.  Its low volatility and reactivity toward halogen-containing compounds  made it very suitable.  2.B. Apparatus 2.B.I. Reaction Vessels To facilitate the isolation of products by vacuum filtration, two-part Pyrex reactors were used. A typical reactor consisted of a 25,50, or 100 ml round bottom flask with a B19 ground glass cone, fitted with a "drip Up" to trap any grease-contaminated volatiles. The corresponding adaptor top had a Kontes Teflon stem stopcock between a B19 socket and a BIO cone (see Fig. 2.1.a). During reaction work-up, the adaptor could be substituted for a vacuum adapted sintered-glass "space-satellite" filter and the product was isolated by prolonged vacuum filtration. Alternatively, a slightly modified filtration apparatus allowed for the solution to be cooled prior to filtration, using either a dry ice/acetone or an ice bath, in order to optimize the yield (see illustrations in Figure 2.2).  The reaction products were also isolated by removing all volatiles in vacuo whenever possible.  One-piece reactors were employed in these instances.  If high  pressures were anticipated during the reaction, 3 mm thick-walled tubular Pyrex reactors of ~ 30 ml maximum capacity fitted with a Kontes Teflon stem stopcock with a sidearm extending to a BIO ground glass cone (see Figure 2.1.b) were used; otherwise, 50 or 100 ml round bottom flasks fitted with the same type stopcock and cone were employed, as shown in Figure 2.I.e. Reagents were loaded most efficiently into these reactors via a  Figure 2.1. Typical Pyrex Reaction Vessels  56  Figure 2.2. Vacuum-Adapted Filtration Apparatus  57 small diameter funnel, to prevent contamination of the Teflon stem area and to ensure proper vacuum seal.  On occasion, neither product isolation technique proved adequate and complete solvent removal was accomplished by passing a stream of N2 gas over the "wet" product. A vacuum adaptor fitted with two Teflon stopcock BIO outlet cones was used. Materials known to be reactive with glass were handled in semi-transparent Kel-F reactors. The monel top attachment was equipped with a stainless steel Whitey valve, a standard tapered BIO cone, and fittings to retain the Kel-F tube.  2.B.2. SoOfF-) - Addition Trap Where exact volumes of S2O0F2 had to be used, a 4.00 ml graduated pipette equipped with an overflow bulb and fitted on top with a Kontes Teflon stem stopcock attached via sidearm to a BIO cone was employed. The S2O6F2 was transferred at room temperature under static vacuum directly from this vessel to the reactor. Larger volumes of S2O0F2 could be estimated by using a thick-walled tubular one-piece vessel (described earlier) instead and calibrating the cylinder's walls to approximately 0.25ml/mm length. Determination of the precise amount of S2O0F2 used was obtained by weight difference.  2.B.3. Ultraviolet/Visible Optical Cells To allow various manipulations of solutions without exposing them to the atmosphere, 1 mm quartz Spectrosil precision optical cells were attached via a Pyrex bridge to a 25 ml round bottom flask fitted with a B19 cone. In addition, the apparatus was fitted with a Kontes Teflon stem stopcock and sidearm attached to a BIO cone. A matching adaptor consisting of a Kontes Teflon stem stopcock between a BIO cone and a  58 B19 socket was also provided, as shown in Figure 2.3. Sample solutions were usually loaded into the solvent-contirining flask in the drybox, mixed thoroughly and then transferred into the optical cell chamber by tilting the apparatus.  Reproducibility was  tested by repeating the above mixing procedure a fewtimesbetween readings. On some occasions, it was adequate to use 10 mm Spectrosil precision optical cells, fitted with Teflon plugs and sealed with Teflon tape.  2.B.4. Pyrex Vacuum Line A general purpose Pyrex vacuum line consisting of five BIO outlets with Kontes Teflon stem stopcocks was employed. It was equipped with a safety trap cooled to liquid N temperature and situated between the vacuum pump and the manifold. A leak valve 2  to the atmosphere was also provided. Most volatile liquid transfers were afforded with a T-connection bridge under static vacuum; it consisted of BIO sockets at both ends and a BIO cone connecting it to the main manifold via a Kontes Teflon stopcock. Typical vacuum generated on this line was of the order of about 10-2 torr.  2.B.5. Metal Vacuum Line For corrosive materials, a metal vacuum line was employed. It was constructed of 1/4 inch O JD. monel tubings equipped with Whitey valves (DCS 4) and was operated in a manner similar to that used with the Pyrex line. Copper tubing (1/4 inch O.D.) was used in connections to the manifold to gain moreflexibility.A more "customized" metal line for preparing S2O0F2 is described in Section 2J3.3..  59  Figure 2.3. mtraviolet/Visible Optical Cell  60 2.B.6. Drvbox For the handling and storage of hygroscopic solids and low-volatility liquids, a Vacuum Atmospheres Corporation "Dri-Lab" Model HE-493 was employed, filled with K-grade N  2  gas.  The dryness of the atmosphere was ensured by circulation over  molecular sieves, which were regenerated about once per month by heating over a Cu catalyst contained within the HE-493 ''Dri-Train" purifier. Fresh P2O5 was also kept inside the glove box to act as a moisture indicator.  2.B.7. Balances Three balances of varying precision and load capacities were involved. Primarily, a Mettler Gram-atic analytical balance #1-910 with precision to about ± 0.5 mg and a 200 g maximum load limit was employed.  For heavier and/or bulkier weights, a  Sartorius top-loading balance with a maximum capacity of 1 kg was used, precise to about ± 50 mg. A top-loading Mettler PC440 balance with a 440 g maximum capacity and precise to about ± 5 mg was kept inside the dry box.  2.C. Instrumentation and Methods 2.C1. Electrical Conductivity Detailed description of the general methods and apparatus involved has been given previously. U The conductivity cells used are shown in Figure 2.4. Two different sizes were employed to accommodate the varying sample volumes, ranging from ~ 7 ml in the small cell (Fig. 2.4.a) to ~ 50 ml in the large one. The platinum-black coating of the electrodes was renewed after every two runs, electroplating from H2PtCl6.  3  Cell  61  62 constants were determined using dilute (-0.01 M) KC1 solutions and had values ranging 4  from 5.400 ± 0 . 0 1 3 cm' to 7.896 ± 0 . 0 1 6 cm" . 1  1  A specially fitted buret (shown in Figure 2.5) of -20 ml maximum capacity was filled with the acidic or basic solutions of known concentration in the drybox and quickly attached to the conductivity cell in the fume hood. The buret contents were added stepwise to the cell and conductivity readings were taken after each addition. The solution concentrations were then calculated as fractions of the total volume added, with the prime source of error being in the buret calibration uncertainty (± 0.02 ml). The solutions were well shaken and allowed to equilibrate for - 5-10 minutes to the constant oil bath temperature of 25.00 ± 0.01 * C before readings were taken.  A Sargent  Thermonitor Model ST maintained the temperature while the actual conductivity measurements were obtained using a Wayne-Kerr Universal Bridge, Model B221A. Solutes were not introduced directly into the cell in order to prevent the periodic exposure of the cell's contents to the atmosphere and the subsequent formation of basic impurities.  2.C.2. Infrared Spectroscopy JR spectra of well-powdered solids and occasionally Nujol mulls were recorded on Perkin Elmer Model 598 or Model 783 spectrophotometers, operating in the range 4000 to 250 cm and 4000 to 200 cm-i, respectively. The samples were pressed in the -1  drybox between two AgBr or AgCl windows with an approximate transmission range down to 300 or 400 cm-1, respectively. The use of mulling agents or other window materials was not always possible, owing to the reactivity of the species studied. Spectra of gaseous samples were recorded using a monel cell of 7 cm path length, fitted with AgCl windows and a Whitey valve." All spectra were calibrated with a polystyrene  GRADUATED BURET  Figure 2.5. Addition Buret Used During Conductivity Measurements  64 reference.  Error in the position of narrow bands was estimated at ± 2 cm" , whereas 1  positions of the broader bands were only certain to within ± 1 0 - 1 5 cm" . Gas pressure 1  was monitored via a closed-ended manometer, equipped with two Kontes Teflon stem stopcocks and a BIO cone.  2.C.3. Raman Spectroscopy Raman spectra were obtained using a Spex Ramalog 5  spectrophotometer  equipped with a Spectra Physics 164 argon ion laser, with the 514.5 nm green line as the excitation line. Solid samples were packed in the drybox into melting point capillaries, temporarily sealed with fluorolube grease and then immediately flame-sealed. Liquid samples were loaded into 5 mm NMR tubes and stoppered with Teflon plugs which were wrapped with Teflon tape. Error in band positions was found comparable to that stated above.  2.C.4. Electronic Spectroscopy Electronic spectra were recorded on a Hewlett Packard Single-Cell Mode Array Spectrophotometer, Model 8452A, incorporating HP Vectra computer hardware and a HP Think Jet printer. Software was available for internal sample referencing. The apparatus and methods used have been described in Section 2.B.3.  2.C.5. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance The vast majority of FT spectra were obtained on a Varian XL-300 multinuclear spectrometer, operating at the following frequencies and using the listed external references:  65 IH - 300 MHz, TMS; 19F = 282.231 MHz, CFCI3; 93Nb - 73.329 MHz, LiNbFs in propylene carbonate. Either CDCI3 or D6-acetone was used as the external lock source in each case. Using D S O 3 F as internal lock source was attempted on occasion, but the very marginal improvement in spectral quality and reproducibility did not justify the expense and inconvenience incurred. For some of the IH and 19F spectra, the solvent (HSO3F) signal served as a convenient reference point by which to verify thereproducibilityof the various runs. Some of the FT spectra were also obtained on either a Bruker-Nicolet HXS 270 MHz or on a 400 MHz Bruker WH-400 instrument.  Solutions were either loaded into 5 mm NMR tubes in the drybox or, in the case of highly volatile liquids, transferred via static vacuum into NMR tubes equipped with a B10 ground glass cone and then flame-sealed. Low temperature spectra were obtained by cooling the probe with liquid N2 and exactly controlling the temperature with a high precision thermocouple. In all spectra obtained, positive values are assigned to chemical shifts downfield of the external reference.  2.C.6. Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy ESR measurements were made using an X-band (9.0  GHz) homodyne  spectrometer employing a Varian 12 inch magnet equipped with a MK U Fieldial control. Phase-sensitive detection at 100 kHz was achieved with an Ithaco Dynatrac 391A lock-in amplifier. The temperature was controlled to ± 0.1 *C using a Varian E-257 temperature controller. Computational details have been reported previously.  5  66 Solutions were syringed under inert atmosphere into 100 ul Pyrex tubes using a teflon-tipped needle.  Separate tubes containing N2 and HSO3F were used for  background correction.  2.C.7. X-rav Diffraction Well-powdered solids were loaded into 0.5 mm O D . Lindemann glass capillary tubes in the drybox, temporarily sealed withfluorolubegrease and then immediately and carefullyflame-sealed.X-ray diffraction patterns were obtained using a Phillips powder camera of 57 mm radius with conventional Straumanis arrangement. C U - K Q radiation (1.5405 A) was used with a Ni filter to minimize Kp radiation. Kodak NS-392T film was employed to obtain photographs, with exposure times of about 6 hours.  On rare  occasions, crystals were also grown, but owing to their poor quality, single crystal x-ray diffraction studies were not possible.  2.C.8. Melting Points Melting points and decomposition temperatures were determined using a Thomas Hoover capillary melting point apparatus, equipped with an oil bath containing high flash point oil, in which the sample capillary and thermometer were both submerged.  2.C.9. Computer-Generated Plots The tAvo-dimensional plots shown in some of the figures have all been generated using the graphics program TELLEGRAF, available on the University of British Columbia General MTS Computer Network.  Unless stated otherwise, data point  smoothing curves were generated using the iterative algorithm Delta, and a QMS plotter was employed to print the output  67 2.D. Chemicals 2.D. 1. Materials Used Without Purification Many chemicals used during this study were obtainable from the respective supplier in a user-ready form These are listed in Table 2.1, along with their source and percentage purity. 2.D.2. Purifications Required a) BaCh was obtained by dehydration from BaCh • 2H 0 (99.0 %, BDH) in a 2  110 "Coven. b) KC1 (> 99%, MCB) was dried in the oven for about one week at 110 °C. c) HSO3F, from Allied Chemical and more recently Orange County Chemical, was carefully purified by double distillation in a Pyrex apparatus under 1 atm. of P205-dried N2.  2  The constant boiling fraction at 162-163 °C was either  collected into a conductivity cell, into a 100 ml pyrex storage vessel or directly into a reactor for synthetic use.  The freshly distilled acid had a specific  conductance of 1.4 -1.7 x 10 Q-lcm-1. -4  d) HSO3CF3, from the Ventron Corporation, was purified by repeated vacuum distillations. e) HF, from Matheson Ltd.,  was dried by bubbling F  2  gas through it  immediately prior to use. f) CH3CN (reagent grade, MCB) was dried over CaH for one week and then 2  vacuum distilled.  68  Table 2.1. Chemicals Used Without Further Purification  Chemical  Source  Purity (%)  Ta, -22 or -60 mesh  Ventron  99.99,99.9  Nb, -60 mesh  Ventron  99.9  Ozark Mahoning  99.9  Ozark Mahoning  99.5  Strem  99.9  Strem  99.9  CsCl  BDH  99.9  LiCl  Fisher  99.9  LiF  Ventron  99.5  TaF  5  NbF  5  TaCl  5  NbCl  5  BDH  98.0  BDH  reagent grade  Fisher  97.1  K Cr207  Analar  reagent grade  H PtCl6  Aldrich  8 wt % water sol'n  Allied  unavailable  DS0 F  Sigma  98+  H S04  J.T. Baker  96.5  CH3OH  Aldrich  99+  P O 2  5  CaH  2  CaCl  2  2  2  so  3  3  2  N  2  Union Carbide  dry K-grade  69 g) 2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene (reagent grade, Eastman Organic Chemicals) and 2,4Dinitrofluorobenzene (reagent grade, MCB) were both recrystallized from methanol and dried under vacuum over P2O5.6  2.D.3. Preparative Reactions a) S2O6F2 was prepared by the reaction of SO3 and F2 using AgF2 as catalyst and N2 as carrier gas. The general apparatus is shown in Figure 2.6.  Some  modifications to the method reported by Shreeve and Cady were made to 7  increase the yield: (i) the reactor was kept at ~180 °C instead of 150 "C and the SO3 was heated gently to about 40 "C, to increase the rate of reaction; (ii) collection vessel A was kept at room temperature to allow gradual cooling of the gas mixture and to visually detect posssible non-volatile materials such as SO3, while vessel C was cooled with dry-ice (-78 *C) instead of liquid O2 (-183 °C) to prevent the collection of dangerous amounts of the potentially explosive by8  product FSO3F9, and (iii) the crude product was collected in the two pyrex vessels B and C (see Figure 2.6) and cooled to -78 °C by solid dry ice. Excess F2 and the by-product FSO3F were destroyed by reaction with sodalime contained in the metal reactor. Unreacted SO3 was removed by washing the crude product with concentrated H2SO4 and separating the two resulting immiscible layers.  Further purification was achieved by pumping on the  product overnight at -78 *C to remove any residual FSO3F. The purified S2O6F2 was vacuum distilled into large, one-part storage traps equipped with Kontes Teflon Valves. Purity was checked by both TR and 19F NMR spectra. Some S2O5F2 ( ^ 5 %) was found as an impurity in products washed with 10  cone. H2SO4. It was found inert in subsequent reactions and hence its removal was not attempted.  2 1 Crosby  NaF  Trap  1 r i—i—  To F l o w m e f e r  Copper  9c  -*-20cm-^  Gloss  Pressure Guoqe  "fa F, y ' * * c  F  nc,  Outlet  2  To Flowmeter  •e-  5COmf. Pyrex FlosK  4* Reactor  180 'C  Copper  V  (J) Whitey Valve •0-  Hoke 413 Valve  Ifl  Autoclave Engineering Volves  B34  w  w  B34  To Soda - lime Trap B 34  w  A B C 25 'C -78 ' C -78 °C COLLECTION VESSELS  Figure 2.6.  General Apparatus for Preparing S2O6F2  •Fluorolube Oil Tube  r  71 While the catalytic fluorination of SO3 was found to be a convenient route for the large scale production of S2O0F2, allowing preparations of ~1 kg over one week of operation, a number of problems surfaced over the last 5 years requiring some rncdifications to the apparatus, then in operation in our laboratory for almost 20 years: (i) Changes in the F flow rate caused by a badly corroded valve caused 2  overheating of the reactor due to the burning of copper wool used as carrier for AgF2, resulting ultimately in the melting of some copper and a blocking of the gas outlet by a copper plug. The resulting back pressure caused extensive SO3 leakage. Copper had fused to the reactor walls and the reactor had to be discarded. (ii) Fluorination of silver-plated copper in order to prepare new catalyst went out of control and melting of the copper wall in one spot caused leakage of F2. The reactor had to be discarded as well. (iii) The use of chore balls provided by the Metal Corporation as recommended to produce new catalyst caused an additional problem: the 7  manufacturer had added a polymeric resin as support and catalytic fluorination of SO3 resulted in large quantities of SO2F2 being formed. (iv) For the reactor in use, built in 1967, asbestos paper and asbestos had been extensively used. Both are now regarded as hazardous.  A new reactor was subsequently built and the following modifications to the original design were made:  72 (i) The copper tube was replaced by a 1/16" wall monel tube. (ii) The reactor design was changed in four important ways: a) At the bottom and top, 1/4" monel tubes of about 10" length, with ends sealed off, were welded in the center section to allow better monitoring of the temperature inside the reactor.  In  addition, two thermocouples were attached to the outside and temperatures at all four locations were routinely checked during operation. b) The gas outlet tube was welded to the side rather than the bottom of the lower section to prevent plugging. c) The top and bottom parts of the reactor tube were left empty to allow better mixing of reactants and cooling of the reaction products. d) A removable top with Teflon gaskets was used to fill the catalyst (iii) Copper turnings purchased from Johnson and Mathey were used to prepare silver-plated copper, which was subsequently fluorinated in a slow stream of undiluted F  2  while carefully monitoring the temperature by  reducing or increasing the flow rate. (iv) Two rather than one heating zones were produced by heating the upper and lower parts of the reactor independently. (v) The monel reactor tube was wrapped in Fiberfrax insulating paper,  73 bonded with, sodium silicate. The Chromel heating wire was subsequently wrapped around and pyrex wool was used as insulating material, held in place by a 0.020" thick stainless steel casing and clamps. In addition, design and size of the NaF trap, used to remove HF impurities from technical grade fluorine, had to be changed because the contents of the previous trap had fused during regeneration to a solid mess.  A detailed illustration of the new improved reactor is shown in Figure 2.7, with most of the aforementioned features indicated.  b) CSSO3F was prepared by either reacting CsCl with excess HSO3F2 or with excess S2O6F2. The product was isolated by removing volatiles in vacuo.  c) KSO3F, LiS03F and Ba(SC>3F)2 were prepared by reacting the respective chloride with excess HSO3F.2 The products were isolated by removing the volatiles in vacuo.  2.D.4. Elemental Analyses Carbon, hydrogen, chlorine, and some of the sulfur analyses were carried out by Mr. Peter Borda of the Chemistry Department, University of British Columbia. All other elemental analyses were performed by Analytische Laboratories, Gummersbach, F.R.G..  / i 6 " WALL MONEL TUBE 1  0.020" STAINLESS STEEL CONTAINMENT  PYREX  WOOL  20go CHROMEL WIRE HEATERS V* " SPACING WOUND IN 2 ZONES  CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW  FIBERFRAX INSULATING PAPER BONDED WITH SODIUM SILICATE  INTERNAL THERMOCOUPLE WIRE REMOVABLE BOLTED TOP VACANT AREA S0  3  INLET HEATER 1  F WOUND CHROMEL WIRE HEATER  2  INLET  MONEL PROBE  HEATER 1 WOUND CHROMEL WIRE HEATER  EXTERNAL THERMOCOUPLE WIRES WOUND CHROMEL WIRE HEATER  HEATER 2  HEATER 2  14 cm  WOUND CHROMEL WIRE HEATER  VACANT AREA INTERNAL THERMOCOUPLE WIR.E  re 2.7. S2O6F2 Reactor  MONEL PROBE  L PRODUCT OUTPUT  REFERENCES  1. K.C. Lee, Ph.D. Thesis, University of British Columbia, 1980. 2. J. Barr, RJ. Gillespie and R.C. Thompson, Inorg. Chem. 3,1149 (1964). 3. A. Vogel, in "Quantitative Inorganic Analysis", 3rd ed., J. Wiley & Sons, N.Y., 1961. 4. J.E. Lind, Jr., J.J. Zwolenik and R.M Fuoss, / . Am. Chem. Soc. 81,1557 (1959). 5. P.S. Phillips and F.G. Herring, / . of Magn. Reson. 57,43 (1984). 6. W.A. Gey, E.R. Dalbey and R.W. Van Dolah, / . Am. Chem. Soc. 78,1803 (1956). 7. J.M. Shreeve and G.H. Cady, Inorg. Synth. 7,124 (1963). 8. G.H. Cady, Inorg. Synth. 11,155 (1968). 9. F.B. Dudley, G.H. Cady and D J \ Eggers, Jr., / . Am. Chem. Soc. 78,290 (1956). 10. E.L. Muetterries and D.D. Coffman, / . Am. Chem. Soc. 80,5914 (1958).  76 CHAPTER 3 THE SYSTEM FLUOROSULFURIC ACID  ( H S O 3 F )  AND BISfFLUOROSULFURYL) PEROXIDE (S 06F ): 2  2  A SOLUTION STUDY  3.A.  Introduction  While the principal oxidizing agent in the well studiedi-' HS03F-S 06F metal2  2  oxidizing reagent combination is S 06F , the role of H S O 3 F is also significant. Its 2  2  purpose is three-fold: (i) it allows an expansion of the reaction temperature range well beyond the boiling point of S OoP , 67.1 "C; (ii) it maintains in solution and hence at 10  2  2  the reactive site a high concentration of S O 3 F ' radicals formed by the reversible dissociation of S 06F 2  2  M  and (iii) it dissolves freshly formed reaction product from the  metal surface. All three factors contribute to fast, complete oxidation reactions where S 06F alone often gives only incompletely reacted products or requires excessively long 2  2  reaction times. S OoF and H S O 3 F are completely miscible together at 25 °C in any 2  2  proportion to give clear colourless solutions. On the other hand, S 06F is virtually 2  2  insoluble at 25 °C in the related protonic acid H S04. This is found very useful when 2  crude S 06F , formed in the catalytic fluorination of S O 3 , is purified by extracting S O 3 2  12  2  with concentrated 96.5% H S04. 2  13  This rather puzzling behaviour inspired the present  investigation into the HS03F-S 06F system. Equally puzzling is the observation, made 2  2  during the synthesis of Au(S03F)3,i that an excess of S OoP well above the 2  2  stoichiometrically required amount is needed to ensure fast and complete metal oxidation.  77 Previous studies of this system by cryoscopy and conductivity by Gillespie et al.  14  allow prehminary conclusions to be drawn regarding the extent of this interaction. Gillespie et al. reported that S2O6F2 essentially exists in its molecular form in HSO3F at 25 °C, which allowed its use in the determination of the cryoscopic constant of H S O 3 F . Obviously, the second observation is only strictly valid for temperatures at or around the melting point of H S O 3 F (-88.98 C). e  These observations appear to invalidate two possible interaction pathways between HSO3F and S2O6F2: (i) extensive ionizing solvation of S2O6F2 in HSO3F, with protonation the most probable initial process according to:  HSO3F  HS 06F2+( lv) + S03F-(soiv)  H S O 3 F + S2O6F2  and  2  S0  (3-1)  (ii) electron transfer between the SO3F' radical and the self-ionization ion SO3F ~,  according to: +eS0 F'(solv) 3  -e-  S03F"(solv)  (3-2)  The conductivities measured on solutions of S2O0F2, although quite small, do increase 14  with increasing S2O6F2 concentration (see Figure 3.2 in the next section), suggesting that S2O6F2 behaves as a weak electrolyte in H S O 3 F . It should be noted that a true, soluble non-electrolyte is expected to reduce proton mobility via a structure breaking effect, which would be expected to cause a slight concentration-dependent drop in the conductance values. An ESR study on pure S2O6F2 led to the conclusion that S O 3 F ' 15  radicals are present at ambient temperature and may persist to 4 °C, which suggests that a similar study of the H S O 3 F - S 2 O 6 F 2 solutions is warranted, to demonstrate whether or not appreciable dissociation of S 2 O 0 F 2 hup radicals occurs at room temperature.  78 To address these points, three studies are described in this chapter: (i) Ambient temperature Raman spectroscopy on solutions of S2O6F2 in HSO3F. The vibrational spectra of the individual compounds are well known.!*-  18  (ii) NMR spectroscopy of both  the *H and 19F nuclei in the temperature range -75 to +45 *C. (iii) ESR spectroscopy of the system in the temperature range -90 (freezing point of HSO3F) to +50 *C to detect the onset of SO3F' radical formation. The ESR spectrum of the SO3F' radical in the temperature range 4 to 180 *C has been previously reported.  15  Furthermore, the effect of  varying the acidity of HSO3F by the addition of the standard base, KS03F , will be 19  described.  3.B. Experimental  S2O0E2 and then HSO3F of varying exact stoichiometrics were vacuum distilled into reactor flasks to make up a series of about 5 ml "neutral" solutions, which were then thoroughly agitated before being transferred to NMR tubes in the drybox prior to obtaining the Raman and NMR spectra. "Basic" solutions were obtained by introducing accurately weighed amounts of KSO3F19  to some of the above solutions and ensuring complete dissolution before  transferring to NMR tubes.  The molar ratio H S O 3 F . S 2 O 6 F 2 for each solution is  designated as "H/OX" throughout the chapter, with " H " representing H S O 3 F and "OX" representing S2O6F2. The solubility studies of (polyfluoro-chloro-carbon)reactor.  S2O6F2 in HF were handled in a Kel-F  79 3.C. Results and Discussion 3.C1. Raman Spectroscopy The Raman spectrum recorded on a 1:2 (by volume) solution of S2O6F2 in HSO3F is shown in Figure 3.1. A comparison with previously reported Raman spectra data for HSO3FI6.17 and S2O6F2. . as well as with a re-recorded spectrum on freshly 16  distilled S2O6F2 (see Table 3.1 for data), allows the following conclusions: (i) The solution spectrum is at first approximation a composite spectrum of the two major components as judged from band positions and relative intensities, (ii) The relatively strong, polarized vibrational bands of S2O6F2 are unperturbed and clearly recognizable. Some of the very weak bands, however, are not observed. It is clear that the bulk of bis(fluorosulfuryl) peroxide is present in solution of HSO3F. (iii) The symmetric 0-0 stretching band at 801 cm-l i unchanged in both position and relative intensity. It s  appears that the O-O bond strength is not altered in HSO3F solution. This suggests that at room temperature no change in reactivity of S2O6F2 in solution has occurred, (iv) The OH stretching mode is observed as a broad band centered at 3096 ± 1 0 cm , a -1  position comparable to the reported IR band at 3125 cm-l in liquid HSO3F.18 This implies that intramolecular interaction between HSO3F and S2O6F2 effects vOH in a very similar way as intermolecular association does in liquid HSO3F. (v) Besides bands due to S2O5F2, the only other new, weak bands found at 1281 and 774 cm-l are 20  attributed to the presence of SO3F ~ in solution, based on a precedent?! and the fact that addition of KSO3F (see Table 3.1 for data)resultsin an increase in intensity for both bands. The Raman data for an aqueous solution of KSO3F are included in Table 3.1 for comparison.  Figure 3.1. Raman Spectrum of S2O6F2 in H S O 3 F (1:2 solution by volume) at 20 °C  81 Table 3.1. Raman Vibrational Frequencies (Av, cnr ) for HSO3F-S2O0F2, HS03F,<*< S2O0F2 and KSOjFacff at Ambient Temperature 1  H-OX (HJOX=4My  K-H-OX (H/OX=1.82)*  S 06F 2  2  961 m,b  KS0 Faq 3  1509 w,sh 1499 w,b 1276 1254 s 1200 w 1101 w 1093 w,b 962 vw,b  Assign. v (O-H)  3125 OR)  3096 w,b  1497 w,b 1443 w.vb 1281 1253 s 1205 m,vb  HSO3F  S 0 F 2  1498 w 1252 vs  1444 w,b 1230-* m,b,sh 1205 m,b,sh 1179 m,b  1287' 1250/  5  2  1 11 V (SO3)  c  961 m  885 m 851 s,b  885 m 850 w  883 m  827 s 801 s 774 737 vw.b  828 s 803 s 774 w,sh 741 w  826 s 801 vs  1082 v (S-F)  851 s  786 686 vw  v (S-O) v (O-O) v (S-F)  7  c  600 w  550 m,b  603 w 592 w 555 w,b  530 w,b,sh 490 w  531 w,b 491 w  399 m,b 324 308 m  398 w,b 328 311 m  530 w,b 488 w 434 vw.b 393 w,b  213 w 192 w  213 m 194 m  600 w  560 s,sh 553 s 490* vw 405 m 392 m,sh  592 566  409  \ 5 (SO3F) ?  308 s 212 m 192 m  lattice modes  H = H S O 3 F , OX = S2O6F2, H/OX = molar ratio; *K = K S O 3 F , [KSO3F] = 3.21 M cref.16, *ef.l7, «ref.50,^ef.21  a  82 The presence of spectroscopically observable (although marginal) amounts of  SO3F " in the neutral solution suggests at least weakly basic behaviour of S2O6F2 via Equation (3-1). The previously reportedi electrical conductivity of 4  S2O6F2 in HSO3F,  shown in Figure 3.2 along with other weak electrolytes, is most likely due to this type of ionizing solvation. Two things should be noted concerning Figure 3.2: (i) the slope of the K vs. molality plot of S 06F2 slighdy increases with concentration and (ii) the 2  maximum concentration of S2O6F2 studied was only 0.04 m. The solutions studied here had  S2O6F2 concentrations of about 7 m. Even a very weakly basic electrolyte in HSO3F  would be expected to form significant amounts of SO3F "(solv) at this concentration.  If hydrogen bonding or even proton transfer plays a role, it is then prudent to question how HSO3F is capable of interacting with S2O6F2 in this manner while H2SO4 appears unable to do so. There are two plausible, interrelated explanations: (i) HSO3F is a better proton donor than H2SO4 (this is reflected in their respective -Ho values: 15.07 for HS0 F;22 11.93 for 100% H2SO4 3  and  23  and 10.09 for 96.5% "concentrated" H2SO4 ) 24  (ii) tight intermolecular hydrogen bonding in H2SO4, which causes its high  viscosity, is not effectively broken up by the insufficiently basic S2O6F2 molecule. 25  If these conclusions are correct, it should be possible to dissolve S2O0F2 in acids stronger than H2SO4 using the Ho value as a guideline and moreover to reduce the acidity of H S O 3 F by addition of K S O 3 F to a point where S2O6F2 will no longer be soluble. The next section will deal with these points.  Figure 3.2. Specific Conductance of Weak Electrolytes in HSO3F at 25.00 °C; <ref.48, *ref.49, <ref.l4  00 Ol  84 3.C.2. Solubility Studies of S?OfiF? in Strong Protonic Acids There are, in addition to HSO3F, two simple protonic acids which are of higher acidity than H2SO4, available in anhydrous form, that do not decompose at room temperature as do HSO3CI or HCIO4. These are anhydrous HF (-Ho = 15.1)26 and HSO3CF3 (-Ho = 14.1),27 both widely used protonic solvents. The latter, trifluoromethyl sulfuric acid, is similar in acidity to a number of additional sulfonic acids with various other fluorocarbon substituents on sulfur .27  As has been reported sometimeago,28 S2O6F2 is extremely soluble in H S O 3 C F 3 . These solutions, however, are metastable and slowly give rise to the evolution of heat as well as volatile products, among them C F 3 O S O 2 F . There is also sufficient evidence from the reported interaction of the two acids HSO3F and HSO3CF3 and from the thermal instability of the peroxide (CF3)2S206 to conclude that oxidative cleavage of the S-C bond occurs.29 It appears then, that HSO3CF3 is not a suitable solvent for S2O6F2 in spite of its high solubility. Furthermore, synthetic use of the mixture is only indicated where oxidation reactions proceed quickly.28  In anhydrous HF, the solubility of S2O0F2 is found to be somewhat lower than in either H S O 3 F or H S O 3 C F 3 but is still appreciable, with about 2 5 mole % S2O6F2 in anhydrous HF being the point of saturation. Its - H Q value of 15.1 would suggest a higher solubility than is actually observed in this acid. This Hammett acidity value, however, has not been obtained directly but rather by interpolation during the course of a study on  HF-SbFs and other related systems.26 On account of small amounts of H2O acting as a base in "anhydrous" HF, measured - H Q values have ranged as low as ~11.27 Difficulties encountered in removing the last traces of water from HF,30 its low boiling point, and the  85 possibility of F ~ vs. SO3F " exchange during synthesis all refute extensive synthetic use of the HF-S2O6F2 system.  Addition of the standard base KSO3FW to a solution of S2O6F2 in H S O 3 F (molar ratio of acid to peroxide = 1.72) at room temperature results in a separation into two phases once the concentration of K S O 3 F is in excess of 1.8 M. Assuming that K S O 3 F is the only base in the system, this corresponds to a reduced - H Q value of 11.8, calculated by exponentially extrapolating data for previously reported K S O 3 F solutions in HSO3F.22 Thus, the solubility of S2O6F2 in strong protonic acids closely correlates with the relative acid strength, best given as:  H S O 3 F £ HSO3CF3 > H F > H2SO4 highly soluble insoluble soluble As is expected from the reported densities of 1.726 g-cm-3forHSO3F31 and 1.645 g-cm-3 for S2O6F2, the latter is the principal constituent of the upper layer. The volume 32  of this upper layer increases steadily with increasing KSO3F concentration in the acid phase and contains the bulk of the S2O6F2 for 3.1 M KSO3F solutions, thus allowing physical separation of both phases by pipetting inside the inert atmoshpere box, a procedure used to accommodate the NMR studies described in the next section.  The observed solubility loss of S2O6F2 in HSO3F can be explained by the lowered acidity of HSO3F as previously argued.  Alternatively, one may view the  strongly basic SO3F ~ as competing successfully with S 06F for HSO3F to form 2  solvates. The strength of the SO3F  2  HSO3F interaction is evident from the isolation and  86 structural characterization of solid solvates of the type M'[H(S03F)2], with M ' = Na or CS .33,34  In addition, the solubility loss discussed has some implications regarding the synthetic use of S2O6F2 solutions in HSO3F. Metal oxidation reactions in the presence of alkali metal fluorosulfates, aimed at fomiing ternary fluorosulfato complexes according to Equation (1-22) of Chapter 1, at least initially show the same phase separation.  It becomes important then to choose reaction conditions and reactant  concentrations such that sufficient S2O6F2 remains in the acid phase to effect oxidation of the metal.  The qualitative solubility study described here has indicated conditions where S2O6F2 ceases to be soluble in HSO3F, and the role acidity plays in solvent-solute interaction has been investigated. The subsequent section will probe more deeply into the nature of the interaction using NMR as the principal tool. There are now two aspects to the system: (i) the acid phase where S2O6F2 is the solute and HSO3F the solvent and (ii) the upper phase formed under basic conditions, where the roles may be reversed.  3.C.3. l?F and I H NMR Spectroscopy Studies To probe into the HSC>3F-S 06F2 interaction discussed above, solutions of 2  varying HSO3F/S2O0F2 molar ratios (0.1-4.5) were studied over a >100 K temperature range (198-318 K). In addition, solutions containing K S O 3 F ("basic") were studied under similar conditions. The results will be discussed first for the acid phase (-Ho > 11.8) and then for the dual acid/peroxide phase (-HQ < 11.8) systems.  87 3.C3.a. Single Acid-Phase Systems Both S2O6F2 and H S O 3 F yield sharp, single line resonances in the 19F N M R spectra, which at  298 K occur at 39.03 and 40.74 ppm relative to CFCI3, respectively.  Both resonances show only very small temperature dependence over the temperature range studied. The S2O0F2 line gradually shifts from 39.04 ppm at at  318 K to 38.83 ppm  198 K, while the 19F resonance line of H S O 3 F shifts from 40.77 to 40.61 ppm in the  same temperature range. The peak separation between both lines remains reasonably constant at 1.72 ± 0.04 ppm over the entire range.  The ! H resonance of HSO3F also shifts very gradually from 10.47 ppm relative to T M S at 298 K to 10.67 ppm at 198 K. Satellite resonances due to 33S and 34S isotopes have been observed in the 19F NMR for both HSO3F and S2O0F2, . but the low natural 35  abundance (0.76% for 33s and  36  4.22% for 34S) and 19F-33S coupling result in very weak  signals, -39 which will be of no consequence in this study. 37  It therefore appears that in the anticipated absence of spin-spin interactions (19F1H), only single lines are expected and any evidence for solvent-solute interaction will have to come from two sources:  (i) chemical shifts, 19F and IH, relative to their  positions in pure HSO3F and S2O6F2 and (ii) the integration of peak areas of the 19F resonances obtained from mixtures of known composition. O f these two, chemical shift information obtained on a 300 MHz instrument should be more accurate and reliable than peak area integration. However, the latter technique is useful for the detection of SO3F ~ group exchange between solvent and solute.  From previous studies on the KSO3F-HSO3F system,4o it is expected that increased SO3F " concentration, due fo the solute's basic behaviour, will cause a small,  88 concentration dependent upfield shift of the 19F solvent resonance line. Such a shift is indeed noticed at 298 and 318 K for mixtures of HSO3F and S2O6F2 of various molar ratios, as seen in Table 3.U. The solute resonance, on the other hand, shifts gradually downfield but the magnitude of this shift decreases with decreasing temperature. Below 298 K the 19F resonance due to HSO3F begins to move downfield as well, and at 198 K the initial peak separation is nearly restored. A downfield shift of the F resonances, l 9  indicative of reduced shielding, is expected for protonated bis(fluorosulfuryl) peroxide, H S 2 0 6 F , as well as for its hydrogen bridged solvate, formulated tentatively as +  2  S 06F »HS03F. 2  2  The observations made for various mole ratios and temperatures, summarized in Table  3.II,  may be expressed in terms of two simple processes, solvate formation and  subsequent ionic dissociation of the solvate according to the overall reaction scheme: S2C-6F2 + HSO3F  S 0 6 F 2 « H S 0 F === S206F2H+ iv) + S03F-(soiv) 2  3  (so  (3-3)  It appears that ionic dissociation is reduced in favour of solvate formation at lower temperatures. Consistent with this view is a noticeable upfield shift of the I H resonance by about 0.5 to 0.6 ppm which is best observed at 218 and 198 K for solutions with HSO3F  in excess. The overall process (3-3) involving hydrogen bonding and proton transfer from  HSO3F  to  S2O6F2  is not the only exchange process in the system, however. The peak  area integrations summarized in Table 3 J J indicate that the "acid" F resonance is 1 9  increased at the expense of the signal attributed to S2O6F2 over the whole temperature range (318 to 198 K), with no pronounced temperature dependency recognizable. It appears that fluorosulfate exchange involving the acid, its self-ionization ions  Table 3.BL Summary of F and »H NMR Data for S2O6F2-HSO3F Solutions 19  Temperature (Kelvin)  Molar Ratio  318 298 253 218 198  4.44  318 298 253 218 198  1.86  318 298 253 198 298 198  I/S*  (u/oxy  "H = H S O 3 F , OX = S2O6F2  A  FS 0 F (ppm) Ac  1 9  2  6  2  A FHS0 F (ppm) Be  B-A (ppm)  A H HSO3F  _  1 9  3  1.33 1.34 1.32 1.34 1.30  +0.31 +0.24 +0.19 +0.18 +0.18  -0.20 -0.16 +0.05 +0.12 +0.12  -0.51 -0.40 -0.14 -0.06 -0.06  1.40  +0.32  -0.15  -0.47  1.26  +0.10  0.96  1.44 1.39 1.46 1.28  0.078  0.95 0.89  -  -  -  L  (ppm)* 0 +0.01 -0.52 -0.41  +0.06  -  -0.04  -0.09 -0.09 -0.61 -0.57  +0.31 +0.13 +0.05 +0.11  -0.12 -0.14 0 +0.12  -0.43 -0.27 -0.05 +0.01  _  -  -0.06 0  -0.07 +0.06  -0.01 +0.06  -0.65 -0.09  *I = Integration peak area H/OX ratio, S = H/OX fluorine content ratio from stoichiometry cdifference between signal position of pure species and that found in solution  90  H2SO3F+ and more so SO3F the solute ion S2O6F2H+ and the solvate, formulated as S20 f 2 HS03F, occurs in addition to proton exchange. 0  7  ,  integration ratios,  As seen from the tabulated  SO3F ~ exchange is consistently observed, apparently independent of  temperature and molar ratio of solute to solvent, and involves about 10 to 20 % of the  S2O6F2 present in the mixture, increasing slightly with temperature and/or molar ratio of acid to peroxide.  Addition of K S O 3 F to the HSO3F-S2O6F2 mixture does not have a dramatic effect on either proton or SO3F exchange at concentrations of less than 1.8 M. The IH and 19F NMR data for the various basic solutions studied are summarized in Table 3.HI. Both the ! H and 19F NMR shifts have been corrected for the downfield and upfield chemical shift effect on the solvent resonance, respectively, caused by KSO3F.40 The only significant remaining effect is seen in the IH NMR spectra, where the single proton resonance already tends to be shifted upfield of the pure HSO3F signal at ambient temperature, indicative of additional hydrogen-bridging between the acid and peroxide according to Equation (3-3). This is consistent with an expected shift of this equUibrium further to the left upon addition of the basic SO3F " species. The slight effect on the 19F NMR resonances is exhibited in Figures 3.3 and 3.4, where the observed relative chemical shifts and measured integrated peak areas for chosen "basic" solutions are compared to a typical "neutral" solution. Solutions with simUar H/OX ratios were purposely chosen, since there is a slight dependence in the trends observed on this value (see Tables 3.JJ and 3.10). The relative chemical shifts of(unmixed HSO3F and S2O6F2 are also shown in Figure 3.3. When the concentration of KSO3F is raised beyond 1.8 M, a dual phase system results, as discussed earlier, and the 19F NMR spectrum becomes more complicated.  Table 3.m. Summary of F and IH NMR Data for KSO3F-S2O6F2-HSO3F Solutions 1 9  Sample  0  Temp. [KSO3F] Molar Ratio (H/OX)* (K) (mol/L)  VSc  A FS 0«F (ppm) A<* 2  A F HSO3F (ppm) 1 9  1 9  2  B-A (ppm)  A'HHSO^F (ppm)*  2P  298 198  3.21  1.82  4.38 2.67  +0.22 0  -0.29 -0.11  -0.51 -0.11  2P  298 253 198  3.14  1.72  2.24 1.21 0.87  +0.37 +0.20 +0.05  -0.22 -0.16 -0.12  -0.59 -0.36 -0.17  2P  298 198  -2.0  0.170  0.19 0.12  -0.04 +0.05  -0.09 +0.12  -0.05 +0.07  _  IP  298 198  2.43  222  1.89 1.85  +0.40 +0.82  -0.05 +0.52  -0.45 -0.30  _  IP  298 198  1.47  2.22  1.42 1.08  +0.13 +0.10  -0.21 +0.03  -0.34 -0.07  IP  298 253 198  0.86  1.68  1.32 1.28 1.11  +0.24 +0.14 +0.16  -0.14 -0.03 +0.01  -0.38 -0.17 -0.15  -  298 253 198  0.45  1.26 1.19 1.11  +0.18 +0.06 +0.10  -0.16 -0.04 +0.05  -0.34 -0.10 -0.05  -  IP  1.70  "IP = single phase, 2P = dual phase; »H = HSO3F, OX = S2O6F2 «I = Integration peak area H/OX ratio, S = H/OX fluorine content ratio from stoichiometry ^difference between signal position of pure species and that found in solution  -0.37 -0.41 _  -  -  Figure 3.3. Temperature Dependence of the Separation Between HSO3F and S2O6F2 H/OX molarratio= 1.86; • : "basic", H/OX molar ratio = 1.68)  ,9  F NMR Signals ( • : "neutral",  Figure 3.4. Temperature Dependence of H S O 3 F / S 2 O 6 F 2 F NMR Integration Peak Area Ratio Relative to the Stoichiometric Fluorine Content Ratio (•: "neutral", H / O X molar ratio = 1.86; • : "basic", H / O X molar ratio = 2.22; • : "basic", H / O X molar ratio = 1.68) ,9  w  94 3.C.3.b. Dual Phase Systems Figure 3.5 shows the 19F NMR spectrum of a typical two phase system, with a KSO3F concentration of 3.14 M, and a molar H/OX ratio of 1.72. As the temperature is lowered from 298 to 198 K, peak A gets less intense and eventually completely vanishes, while peak B increases in intensity. The intense, unlabelled peak at -40 ppm is due to HSO3F while the two resonances labelled A ' and B ' at ~47 ppm are assigned to S2O5F2, present as an impurity. Resonances A and A ' are attributed to S2O6F2 and S2O5F2, respectively, dissolved in H S O 3 F , while B and B ' resonances are again due to the same respective species found in the upper phase. As the temperature is lowered, the solubility of both S2O6F2 and S2O5F2 in HSO3F decreases while the upper phase increases in volume.  Peak B and the downfield B ' resonance are both distorted triplets, indicative of comparable perturbation affecting both the S2O6F2 and S 2 O 5 F 2 resonances. Similar triplets are observed in all solutions studied with KSO3F concentrations greater than about 3 M . Unequal spacings and relative intensities wthin the triplet pattern argue against any coupling as the cause. Therefore, the most likely cause of the triplet patterns is hydrogen bridging from the HSO3F dissolved in the upper phase to both S 2 O 6 F 2 and S2O5F2.  A possible bridging conformation is shown in Figure 3.5-inset for  HS03F«S206F2, where the acid proton is involved in a hydrogen bridge to one of the S=0 bonds of 8206^2, creating different environments for each of the three fluorine atoms present. The most intense middle peak of the triplet is assigned to F2 in Figure 3.5-inset, since its chemical shift is within ± 0.05 ppm of the free S 2 O 0 F 2 resonance. Accordingly, the presence of free, unsolvated S2O6F2 in the upper phase would contribute to this middle peak, accounting for its greaterrelativeintensity, seen especially at 198 K. A similar interpretation applies for the S 2 O 5 F 2resonanceB'.  95  Figure 3.5. K>F NMR Spectra of 2-Phase KSO3F-S2O0F2-HSO3F Solution ( [KSO3F] = 3.14 M, H/OX molar ratio = 1.72)  96 The last feature of interest in Figure 3.5 is the very small peak at -40.6 ppm, whose intensity increases with decreasing temperature.  The HSO3F resonance which  usually occurs at this chemical shift is being shifted upfield by dissolved KSO3F35 in the lower acid phase. Consequently, the most likely assignment for this resonance is small amounts of HSO3F, possibly present as dimers (as suggested by Savoi and Giguere ) in 18  the upper peroxide phase. This in turn suggests that KSO3F is insoluble in S206F2- The IH and 1?F NMR data of various two phase solutions are summarized in Table 3.UI.  The structure observed for both S2O6F2 and S2O5F2 resonances in the upper phase also implies the absence of exchange or ionization processes and the presence of well defined solvates at low temperatures with both sulfur(VT) oxyfluorides acting as proton acceptors. In the acid phase, with solvent and solute roles reversed, only single, reasonably sharp signals A and A' are seen (see Figure 3.5), peirmtting no deductions to be made regarding the structure of the solvates in the strongly ionizing medium. The mechanism of SO3F exchange between HSO3F and S2O0F2, reflected in the peak area integrations for both, remains unclear, and the question arises whether cleavage of the O-O bond may be facilitated in the solvate, resulting in the formation of radicals like S03F*(soiv) and their subsequent recombination.  The NMR spectra discussed have  provided no evidence for the presence of radicals in concentrations high enough to affect peak positions, with respect to previous reports, or to cause line broadening, as has been 41  observed in liquid S2O6F2 at elevated temperatures.  42  The probability of finding radicals  in HSO3F solutions at lower concentrations should therefore be increased by using ESR. These results are discussed in the subsequent section.  97 3.C.4. ESR Spectroscopy Study of the Solvated Fluorosulfate Radical The reversible dissociation of bis(fluorosulfuryl) peroxide into radicals according to: S2O6F2  2 S03F-  (3-4)  has previously been studied by ESR with the radical SO3F' observed in the liquid,*  5  gaseous and solids." state. In addition, the radical has been studied in a solid CFCI3 43  matrix at 77 K and generated by photolysis of fluorine fluorosulfate, FOSG7F. All 44  reports agree on a g-value of close to 2.011, with hyperfine splitting observed in the solid state.  42  In the liquid phase, a single, structureless component with a temperature  dependent linewidth of ~25 G at 290 K is observed. Slightly broader linewidths are reported for the gas phase spectrum of the radical.  43  Our own observations for liquid S2O6F2 at 293 K differ only slightly and probably not significandy from the previous reports, considering differences in computational analyses and magnetic field calibrations of the spectra. A slightly higher 45  g-value of 2.0207 ± 0.0005 is obtained, but the band shape of AHpp * 26 G is similar to previous reports.  15  When S2O0E2 is dissolved in H S O 3 F , a single, inhomogeneously broadened line is observed, which shows very litde change in linewidth and g-value between 283 and 323 K, with giso having a value of 1.9693 at 322 K . The signal persists when the temperature is gradually lowered and the spectrum obtained at 183 K is shown in Figure 3.6. As can be seen, g is clearly anisotropic with g ^ found to be 1.97267. Hyperfine splitting is not observed.  gl = 1.99310 g = 2  1.97264  g =  1.95227  3  g  Figure 3.6. ESR Spectrum of S2O6F2 in HSO3F (1:2.12 solution by volume) at 183 K  iso  =  1.97267  00  99  The radical observed in solution is clearly not identical with SO3F' as reported previouslyi5.42-*4 or observed by us in liquid S2O6F2. Consistent with the observance of three g-values (see Fig. 3.6), it can be concluded that the symmetry of the radical in HSO3F solution is below C2v- On the other hand, SO3F' has C3v symmetry for both the electronic ground state (2A ) and the nearest excited state (2E), according to the 2  vibrational analysis of the electronic spectrum or to its vibrational spectrum studied in 46  an inert gas matrix.  47  Conversion of SO3F' to other radicals such as FSO2' in solution  (via a reduction) is rather unlikely because mis species is short lived and highly reactive, while the radical encountered here is persistent Furthermore, FSO2' reportedly has a 44  g-value of 2.005. It is more likely that the fluorosulfate radical, just like SO3F "34 and to a lesser extent its dimer S2O6F2 as discussed in the previous section, will form a solvate with HSO3F which may subsequently undergo a temperature dependent ionic dissociation, as follows: SO3F  + HSO3F = ^  [FS03.HS03F]-  [HS03F+]' + SO3F-  (3-5)  For both the solvated or protonated radical, the overall symmetry would be expected to be very low, whether protonation and hydrogen bridging involve oxygen, the more basic site, or fluorine on the SO3F' radical. Hence, three g-values were observed. However, the actual solution environment around the radical is expected to be more complex than has been depicted in the first-order approximation shown above.  In addition to the  previously postulated radical displacement reaction in liquid S2O6F2 according to: 15  SO3F  + S2O6F2  a similar displacement with HSO3F:  S2O6F2 + SO3F  (3-6)  100 S0 F- + HSO3F  [FS03«HS03F]-  3  HSO3F + SO3F  (3-7)  could compete effectively with the recombination reaction to again give S2O6F2 and account for its persistence shown to 183 K, a temperature close to the melting point of HSO3F. In addition, a radical mediated SO3F group exchange involving S2O6F2 and HSO3F could well explain observations made in the preceding NMR section concerning peak area integrations. However, in view of the anticipated low radical concentration, alternate exchange pathways may also be involved.  Finally, SO3F' radical migration via Equilibria (3-6) and (3-7) together with SO3F " migration involving the proton transfer account for the fast and efficient metal oxidation performed in HSO3F/S2O6F2 1  9  Hence, postulated hydrogen bridging to and  protonation of the SO3F' radical does not only explain the observed ESR spectrum, but also the radical's persistence in HSO3F and its reactivity in this medium.  The proposed interaction of SO3F' with HSO3F is reversible, which accounts for the fact that both the solvent, HSO3F, and the solute, S206F2. can be separated quantitatively by distillation. Therefore, irreversible degradation of the SOjF' radical 32  to FSO2', for example, or into other radical fragments is rather unlikely.  3 D . Summary and Conclusions  The principal solute S2Q6F2 and its monomelic radical S O 3 F ' behave as very weak bases in HSO3F. All manifestations of the acid-base interaction are rather subtle with the possible exception of the ESR spectrum of solvated SO3F', where a change in symmetry and electronic structure is .apparent.  Ironically, two principal conclusions  reached in an earlier study of the HSO3F-S2O6F2 system,!* that S2O6F7 is a nonelectrolyte and is present in undissociated form in HSO3F, are found to be not entirely valid. However, the solvated radical, which is detectable at the freezing point of HSO3F, appears to be present in an extremely low concentration, and would not interfere when S2O6F2 is used to deterrnine the cryoscopic constant of HSO3F.h  The spectroscopic techniques of Raman, IH and 19F NMR, and ESR used in this study show increasing usefulness (in the listed order) in studying the two very weak bases. The solubility loss found for S2O6F2 in H S O 3 F - K S O 3 F is very helpful in two respects: (i) it reveals the key role that acidity or proton donor strength plays in the weak acid-base interaction and (ii) it leads to the study of S2O6F2 and HSO3F in reversed roles, with S2O6F2 now the solvent, using 19F and IH NMR spectroscopy.  The formulation of monosolvated  S2O6F2  and SO3F' is chosen because such  hydrogen-bridged solvates are known" for the related SO3F " ion and in the case of Cs[SC*3F»HS03F], have been structurally characterized. Solvation of the SO3F' radical is seen to increase the lifetime and mobility of this species in HSO3F and in turn contributes to the synthetic usefulness of the HSO3F-S2O0F2 system, which has been demonstrated in the past -9 In agreement with the Raman spectra, there is no evidence 1  for a weakening of the 0-0 bond and the consequently more facile formation of radicals in HSO3F. There is evidence, however, for a longer radical lifetime at low temperatures due to solvate formation. Further applications will be discussed in upcoming chapters.  REFERENCES  1. K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 18,389 (1979). 2. K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 23,2124 (1984). 3. S.P. Mallela, K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 23,653 (1984). 4. P.C. Leung and F. Aubke, Can. J. Chem. 62,2892 (1984). 5. S.P. Mallela and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 24,2969(1984). 6. K.C. Lee andF. Aubke,/. Fluor. Chem. 19,501 (1982). 7. K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, Can. J. Chem. 55,2473 (1977). 8. K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, Can. J. Chem. 57,2058 (1979). 9. M.S.R. Cader, S. Karunanithy and F. Aubke, Synth. Metals 30,9 (1989). 10. F.B. Dudley and G.H. Cady, / . Am. Chem. Soc. 79,513 (1957). 11. F.B. Dudley and G.H. Cady, / . Am. Chem. Soc. 85, 3375 (1963). 12. J.M. Shreeve and G.H. Cady, Inorg. Syn. 7,124 (1963). 13. F. Aubke, unpublished observation. 14. RJ. Gillespie, J.B. Milne and R.C. Thompson, Inorg. Chem. 5,468 (1966). 15. P.M. Nutkowitz and G. Vincow, / . Am. Chem. Soc. 91,5956 (1969). 16. A.M. Qureshi, L.E. Levchuk and F. Aubke, Can. J. Chem. 49,2544 (1971). 17. G.A. Olah, A. Commeyras, / . Am. Chem. Soc. 91,2929 (1969). 18. R. Savoi and P.A. Giguere, Can. J. Chem. 42,277 (1964). 19. J. Barr, RJ. Gillespie and R.C. Thompson, Inorg. Chem. 3,1149 (1964). 20. RJ. Gillespie and E.A. Robinson, Can. J. Chem. 39,2179 (1961). 21. RJ. Gillespie and E.A. Robinson, Can. J. Chem 40,644 (1962). 22. RJ. Gillespie and T.E. Peel, / . Am. Chem. Soc. 95,5173 (1973).  103 23. RJ. Gillespie, TE. Peel and E.A. Robinson, / . Am. Chem. Soc. 93,5083 (1971). 24. C.R. Johnson, A.R. Katvitzki and S.A. Shapiro, / . Am. Chem. Soc. 91,6654 (1969). 25. T.C. Waddington, "Non-Aqueous Solvents", Appleton-Cfentury-Crofts, N.Y., 1969. 26a. RJ. Gillespie and J. Liang, / . Am. Chem. Soc. 110,6053 (1988). b. T.A. O'Donnell, / . Fluor. Chem. 25,75 (1984). 27. G.A. Olah, G.K.S. Prakash and J. Sommer, "Superacids", J. Wiley & Sons, N.Y., 1985 (and references herein). 28. J.R. Dalziel and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 12,2707 (1973). 29. S.P. Mallela, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, Can. J. Chem. 63,3305 (1985). 30. MJF. A. Dove and A.F. Clifford, in "Chemistry in Non-Aqueous Ionizing Solvents", Vol.2.I, JJander, H. Spandau and C.C. Addison, Eds., Vienweg, Braunschweig, 1971. 31. R.C. Thompson, in "Inorganic Sulphur Chemistry", G. Nickless, Ed., Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1968. 32. G.H. Cady, Adv. Inorg. Chem. Radiochem. 2,105 (1960). 33. C. Josson, M. Deporcq-Stratrnains and P.Vast, Bull. Soc. Chim. Fr., 9-10, 820 (1977). 34. C. Belin, M Charbonnel and J. Potier, / . Chem. Soc, Chem. Commun. 1036 (1981). 35. RJ. Gillespie and J.W. Quail, / . Chem. Phys. 39,2555 (1963). 36. R.A. Stewart, S. Fujiwara and F. Aubke, ibid. 49,965 (1968). 37. D. Rehder, in "Multinuclear NMR", J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, N.Y., 1988. 38. "NMR and the Periodic Table", R.K. Harris and BJ3. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, London, 1978. 39. "Handbook of Chemistry and Physics", 57th Edition, R.C. Weast, Ed., C.R.C. Press, U.S.A., 1976-1977. 40. A.M. Qureshi, H.A. Carter and F. Aubke, Can. J. Chem. 49,35 (1971). 41. F.A. Hohorst and J.M. Shreeve, Inorg. Chem. 5,2069 (1964). 42. R.A. Stewart, J. Chem. Phys. 51,3406 (1969). 43. R.A. Stewart, S. Fujiwara and F. Aubke, ibid. 48,5524 (1968).  44. F. Neumayr and N. Vanderkooi, Jr., Inorg. Chem. 4,1234 (1965). 45. P.S. Phillips and F. G. Herring, / . Magn. Reson. 57,43 (1984). 46. G.W. King and CJL Warren, / . Mol. Spect. 32,121 (1969). 47. E.M. Suzuki, J.W. Nibler, K.A. Oakes and D. Eggers, Jr., ibid. 58,201 (1975). 48. RJ. Gillespie and J.B. Milne, Inorg. Chem. 5,1236 (1966). 49. RJ. Gillespie, R. Ouchi and G.P. Pez, Inorg. Chem. 8,63 (1969). 50. H. Siebert, Z. Anorg. U. Allgem. Chem. 289,15 (1957).  105 CHAPTER 4 FLUOROSULFATE DERIVATIVES OF NIOBIUM(V)  4.A. Introduction  Niobium predominandy exhibits the oxidation states +2 to +5 among its known compounds. Furthermore, only tri-, tetra- and pentavalent halides or oxyhalides are known to exist. Reports of redox chemistry are very uncommon and the pentahalides of this metal are difficult to reduce.  13  Structural data have been reported for a number of pentavalent niobium halides and oxyhalides, including NbFs.4 This hygroscopic, tetrameric (distorted octahedral 2  coordination to Nb via cis-fluorine bridges), volatile white solid (see listing of general properties in Table 1.1) is prepared by the reaction of fluorine gas with either the metal or with the pentachloride at elevated temperature. ^ NbFs has found use as the Lewis acid 1  in HF, HSO3F or HSO3CF3 superacid systems.  5  Whereas the resistance of NbFs to  reduction has been a clear advantage, its limited solubility in all three protonic solvents 1  has severely limited its use as a Lewis acid.  The ability of NbFs to behave as an acceptor has been demonstrated using 19F NMR spectroscopy. The [NbFg]" ion is observed in > 30 mole % aqueous HF solutions and may be formed by dissolution of NbFs or ND2O5. The [NbF7]2- ion was detected only when the HFaq concentration was increased beyond 95 mole %f> In addition, a number of alkali metal salts of the type M^NbFg, MI2NDF7, MlNbF6 (with Ml = Na, K or NH4) as well as (CH3)Sn(NbF6)2 have been obtained by reaction of stoichiometric 7  amounts of NbFs and the respective "MIF salt in aqueous HF.2 The formation of the  anions [NbF7]2- and [NbFs] - species serves as good illustration of niobium's ability to 3  expand its coordination sphere beyond the "traditional" six coordination. Fluoride ions 8  in particular allow such an expansion, although the existence of [NbCl7]2- has also been claimed.' With Br or I as the halogens, only monomeric, octahedral [NbXoT anions are known. 10  The high acidity and solubility of the binary fluorosulfates Au(S03F)3i and 5  Pt(SC>3F)4ii in HSO3F and the fluorosulfate ion acceptor ability of NbFs (in spite of its limited solubility) in this solvent led to interest in the synthesis, characterization and use 5  of the fluorosulfate Nb(SQ3F)5. Previous attempts to prepare this species have been unsuccessful, but two fluorosulfate derivatives of Nb(V) have been reported: reaction of NbFs with excess S O 3  12  (i) the  is said to yield a viscous liquid of the composition  NbF5»2.1S03, which may be viewed as NbF3(SC>3F)2 with residual SO3 present Heating to 175 - 225 °C leads to decomposition of this material to NbOF3 and S2O5F2; (ii) the reaction of NbCls with S2O6F2 is claimed to yield a viscous, yellow liquid of the composition NbO(S03F)3 at room temperature."  In both cases, neither spectroscopic  nor structural information was reported and hence the presence of the SO3F group was not clearly established.  Metal oxidation by bis(fluorosulfuryl) peroxide in HSO3F has been used successfully to prepare binary fluorosulfates of a variety of metals (see Chapter 1). This method is simple, straightforward and should allow oxidation of niobium to the +5 state, and hopefully the isolation of Nb(SC>3F)5.  Furthermore, the preparation of salts  containing the [Nb(S03F)5 ] - anion should be possible if the oxidation of Nb is carried +x  x  out in the presence of fluorosulfate anions.  The existence of salts of the type 2  Mi [NbF5 ], with x = 1 - 3, suggests that an analogous series of fluorosulfate salts may x  +x  be obtainable. Previously, metal oxidation has only yielded binaryfluorosulfateswhere the oxidation state of the metal does not exceed +4. Wherever oxidation to a higher state occurred, either oxy- or fluoro-fluorosulfates were obtained instead. .  12 13  It is difficult to  predict which one of these mixed fluorosulfates will form, should Nb(S03F)s prove to be thermally labile. As mentioned in Chapter 1, the two principal decomposition modes of fluorosulfates leading to these types of materials involve formation of volatile SO3 or S2O5F2. Should the SO3F group turn out to be very labile, even ternary fluorides or oxides are anticipated.  4.B. Experimental 4.B.I. In Situ Synthesis of Pentakis(fluorosu^fato)niobium^v). NbfSO^F)'; ,  Typically, 236 mg (2.54 mmol) of niobium metal powder was treated with an approximate 7 ml mixture of S2O6F2 and HSO3F (2:1 by volume) and the mixture stinted at 25 °C for 2 days, by which time all the metal was consumed and a colorless solution was obtained. Excess S2O6F2 was removed in vacuo at room temperature. Attempts at completely removing the acid in vacuo at room temperature led to product decomposition when the temperature was raised. The product did not precipitate, even when the volume of acid was reduced as far as possible (as judged by weight) with the temperature lowered to -10 *C.  4.B.2. In Vacuo Degradation of Nb(SChF)s In an attempt to remove all the HSO3F from Nb(S(>jF)5 solutions in vacuo at 25 *C, Nb(S03F)5 decomposed, presumably via SO3 elimination, to form species of the form NbF (S03F)5-x, with x being primarily 2 or 3. This process was monitored by x  weight and periodically by analyzing for sulfur.  108 Analytical Data for NbS5.xO15.3xFx: S(%) Calculated x=2 x=3 22.47  S(%) Found (chronologically)  18.42  20.68 18.50 21.41 21.50  4.B.3. Derivatives of Nb(SQ F)s 3  a) Cesium HexaJds(fluorosulfato)niobate(V) Typically, 265 mg (2.85 mmol) of niobium metal powder was added to 661 mg (2.85 mmol) of CSSO3F. To this mixture about 4 ml of S2O6F2 and about 3 ml of HSO3F were added in vacuo. The grey slurry was stirred for 2 days at room temperature, by whichtimeall the metal was consumed and the slurry appeared white. The white powder was collected by vacuum filtration. Excess solvent and S2O6F2 were removed and the product was dried in vacuo for 24 hours at room temperature (isolated yield 77%). The hygroscopic Cs[Nb(S03F)6] decomposed at 115-119 °C.  Analytical Data for CsNbSoOi8F6: Nb(%)  S(%)  F(%)  Calculated:  11.33  23.45  13.90  Found:  10.95  23.46  14.11  S:F= 1.0003  109 b) Cesium Heptatts(fluorosulfato)niobate(V) Typically, 227 mg (2.44 mmol) of niobium metal powder was added to 1.105 g (4.76 mmol) of C S S O 3 F . 4 ml of S 2 O 6 F 2 and 3 ml of H S O 3 F were then added in vacuo. The grey slurry was stirred at room temperature for 3 days, by which time all the metal was consumed and a thick, white slurry had formed. The reaction vessel was cooled to 0 *C for one hour and a fine white hygroscopic powder was collected by vacuum filtration. Excess solvent and S2O6F2 were removed and the product was dried in vacuo for 24 hours at room temperature .(70% isolated yield). Cs2[Nb(SC>3F)7] melted at 78-82 °C .  This material was also prepared by an alternative method: On to 500 mg (1.85 mmol) of NbCIs and 620 mg (3.56 mmol) of CsCl was vacuum distilled exacdy 1.67 ml (14.5 mmol) of S2O6F2. The white paste was stirred at 25 "C for 4 hours, during which time the gases which vigorously evolved were periodically removed in vacuo. The reaction appeared to be completed shortly after the vigorous bubbling ceased, and the product was dried in vacuo overnight at 25 °C to ensure complete removal of all volatile by-products. Isolated yield of the white powder was 95%. Chloride tests were negative.  Analytical Data for Cs2NbS702iF7: Nb(%)  S(%)  F(%)  Calculated:  8.83  21.33  12.64  Found:  9.05  21.46  12.85  S:F = 1.016  110 c) Barium Heptalds(fluorosulfato)niobate(V) 727 mg (2.17 mmol) of Ba(S03F)2 was added to 194 mg (2.09 mmol) of niobium metal powder to which was then vacuum distilled about 4 ml of S2O6F2 and 3 ml of HSO3F. The mixture was stirred at 25 *C for 2 days by which time all the metal was consumed and a white slurry appeared. A fine white powder was collected by vacuum filtration at room temperature.  Excess solvent and S2O6F2 were removed and the  product was dried in vacuo for 1 day at room temperature.  Ba[Nb(SC*3F)7] was  isolated in 20% yield and decomposed at 130-135 °C.  Analytical Data for BaNbSyChiF?: Ba(%)  Nb(%)  F(%)  Calculated:  14.87  10.06  14.40  Found:  14.65  9.93  14.60  Successful isolation of Ba[Nb(SC>3F)7] was only possible when the product mixture was filtered. Attempts to evaporate excess HSO3F in vacuo resulted in evolution of volatiles and led to mixed products, suggesting partial decomposition.  4.B.4. Attempted Syntheses of Additional Nb(SChF)s Derivatives a) Cesium Octakis(fluorosulfato)niobate(V) Repeated preparation attempts using a synthetic route analogous to the above led to wax-like, colorless materials of uncertain composition.  Ill Analytical Data for CssNbSsO^Fs: S(%): Calculated = 19.97, Found = 22.98  b) Lithium Hexakis(fluorosulfato)niobate(V) Repeated preparations of Li[Nb(SC>3F)6] were attempted by the previously described pathway. A wax-like material of uncertain composition was obtained each time. Analytical Data for LiNbS60i8F6: S(%): Calculated = 27.71, Found = 23.03  c) Lithium or Potassium Heptakis(fluorosulfato)niobate(V) Using metal oxidation, very viscous, colorless oils were obtained with lithium, whereas paste-like materials were isolated with potassium as counter-cation.  The  materials crystallized near 0 °C, but appeared to be of mixed composition. They melted to very viscous oils upon warming to room temperature.  Complete removal of the  solvent HSO3F was not possible, even upon extended periods in vacuo. Employing heat during the attempted solvent removal led to seemingly decomposed brown products.  4.B.5. Synthesis of Difluorotris(fluorosulfato)niobium(V). NbF?(SChF)^ Two related routes led to the isolation of this species, with one leading to a powder and the other to a crystalline product  112 a) Crystalline NbF2(S03F)3 394 mg (4.24 mmol) of niobium metal powder was treated with 3.17 ml (27.6 mmol) of S2O6F2 and 2.31 ml (39.8 mmol) of HSO3F and allowed to react at 25 C for 3 C  days, by whichtimeall the metal was consumed and a colorless, slightly murky solution was obtained. Excess S2O6F2 was removed in vacuo at 0 °C and the solution was stored in the drybox for two months, during whichtimea crystalline product precipitated from solution. The crystals were isolated by slowly removing the liquid first in vacuo at 0 °C and then by passing a stream of dry N2 over the product for 4 days. The crystals were mounted in Lindemann tubes for an X-ray diffraction study, but were found to be of poor quality. b) Finely-Powdered NbF2(S03F)3 1.289 g (13.87 mmol) of niobium metal powder was treated with about 9 ml of S2O6F2 and 13 ml of HSO3F and the mixture allowed to stir at 25 °C for 4 days, during which time the metal was completely consumed and a murky, colorless solution was obtained.  Excess S2O6F2 was removed in vacuo at -5 °C. A fine, white powder  precipitated out of the resulting solution after sitting at room temperature for one day and was collected by vacuum filtration. The product was dried in vacuo at 25 "C overnight and was isolated in 15% yield. The white, hygroscopic NbF2(S03F)3 melted at 126-129  •c. Analytical Data for NbSsOoPs: Nb(%)  S(%)  F(%)  Calculated:  21.70  22.47  22.19  Found:  21.40  22.52  21.85  113 4.C. Results and Discussion 4.C.I. Synthesis and General Discussion 4.C.l.a. In Situ Synthesis ofNMSOiFU A general synthetic route to binary metalfluorosulfatesii.14,15which combines the oxidizing power of bis(fluorosulfuryl) peroxide, S206F2. with the solvating ability of HSO3F was applied to prepare the desired species. The reaction proceeded according to: HSO3F  2 Nb + 5 S2O6F2  > 2 Nb(S0 F) (solv) 3  5  (4-1)  2 days, 25*C  yielding a clear, colorless solution. More concentrated solutions (£1 M) were of a gellike consistency, but unlike the synthesis of Pt(S03F)4ii or Sn(S03F)4,u no precipitate formed. Excess S2O6F2 was readily removed in vacuo at room temperature. The results of Chapter 3 suggested the need for using greater than a 1:1 S2O6F2/HSO3F ratio by volume, to ensure the efficient oxidation of the metal; indeed reactions using a less than 1:1 ratio did not appear to proceed nearly as smoothly. 1.0 M solutions of the product undergo rapid fluorosulfate exchange between solute and solvent (single solvent/solute resonance in 19F NMR spectra to be discussed in more detail later in Chapter 6) at temperatures as low as -55 °C, which is believed to be in part responsible for the species' high solubility.  Complete removal of the solvent HSO3F in vacuo at room temperature failed owing to the solute's extremely high solubility.  At +60 *C, partially decomposed  materials of lower than expected weight formed. The presence of v(Nb-F) bands (at ~700 cm-l)i6 in the IR spectrum and the sulfur analyses of the product at various stages of decomposition (see Section 4.B.3) suggested the general overall composition  114 NbF (S03F)5-x, most likely due to SO3 elimination. This decomposition pathway has x  previously been postulated for the very unstable Sb(S03F)5 species,'? and would be expected to reduce the steric crowding around the metal centers.  Nb(SC>3F)5 solutions of greater than one molar concentration appeared to decompose, again with loss of SO3, to form less soluble species of the type NbF2(SC>3F)3. Precipitation and characterization of solid NbF2(S03F)3 from a 1.1 M solution and solution NMR studies discussed later support this postulate. In summary, the evidence for Nb(S03F)s being formed in Reaction (4-1) is three-fold: (i) salts of the general composition M '[NbCSG^FOs+x], with x = 1 or 2 and M ' = Cs or Ba, have been isolated from the Nb(S03F)s solutions and are discussed in Section 4.C.1.C; (ii) to obtain materials of the average composition NbF2(S03F)3 from Nb and S2O0F2, a precursor of the type Nb(S03F)s or at least NbF(S03F)4 must form and (iii) NbF2(S03F)3 is a minor product obtained in low yield. This suggests that undissociated Nb(S03F)s exists in solution at very low concentrations, with ~1 M concentrations already appearing to be too high.  4.C.l.b. Alternative Attempts to Isolate Nb(SOiF)<; Four other synthetic routes were tried in an attempt to isolate Nb(S03F)s: (i) the reaction of NbFs with excess HSO3F; (ii) the reaction of NbCls with excess H S O 3 F ; (iii) the reaction of NbCls with excess S2O0F2, according to the previously reported unsuccessful attempts at making Nb(S03F)si3 and Sb(S03F) ;n 5  (iv) the reaction of Nb(S03F)s/HS03F with CH2CI2.  115 None of the above routes were successful, usually leading to a mix of unidentifiable species, in the -75 "C to +45 °C temperature range that was investigated.  The failure of pathway (i) was not very surprising since NbFs appears to be inert enough to resist solvolysis by HSO3F even at elevated temperature.^ Route (ii) led to the formation of cMorme-containing products, as judged by the yellow/orange color of the viscous oil that was isolated and by positive chloride tests. The cMorme-containing solids could not be separated from more desirable products that may have formed. Reaction (iii) led to similar but somewhat more interesting results. Invariably, a viscous yellow/orange oil was also isolated. In addition, the volatiles that were pumped off and collected with the excess S2O0F2 were deep red in color. Very similar observations were previously reported during the reaction of SbCls with excess S206F2-  17  The viscous oil  was attributed to a mix of species of the type [SbF (S03F)6-x]~, whereas the red volatile x  liquid was judged to be chloryl fluorosulfate, . CIO2SO3F, or its complex with the 18 19  above series of anions. The formation of these chlorine-oxygen derivatives is thought to result from the reaction of the excess S2O6F2 with the evolved chlorine: 5S 06F2 + C l 2  2  > 2CIO2SO3F + 4 S 0 F 2  5  2  (4-2)  The CIO2SO3F salt thus formed can in turn stabilize any possible product of pathway (iii) above. The use of stoichiometric amounts of S2O6F2 was not feasible here, since the reaction would not go to completion. Finally, pathway (iv) was attempted in order to find out whether CH2CI2 is capable of reducing the solubility of Nb(S03F)s in HSO3F significandy enough to lead to an isolable precipitate. A precipitate did not form, and 19F NMR spectra of the resulting solution showed that CH2CI2 may have reacted with the HSO3F solution, leading to a mixture of unidentified materials.  116 4.C.1.C Derivatives of NbfSOiFU The high solubility of Nb(S03F)5 in HSO3F suggested that it may behave as an SO3F acceptor in solution. The simplest explanation for its solubility may be described in terms of solvation reactions such as:  HSO3F Nb(S03F)5 + HSO3F  > H[Nb(S0 F) ]( oiv) 3  6  (4-3)  S  To test this assumption, CSSO3F, acting as a base in HSO3F, was mixed in stoichiometric amounts with niobium metal. The following reaction was observed: HSO3F  2 CSSO3F + 2 Nb + 5 S2O6F2  > 2 Cs[Nb(S0 F) ] 2days,25*C 3  6  (4-4)  Cs[Nb(S03F)6] was isolated by filtration with a yield of 77%, which may be largely a result of some limited solubility. Once isolated, the salt does not re-dissolve in HSO3F very readily and saturated solutions are about 0.2 M in concentration. Evidence for Cs[Nb(S03F)6] rests on chemical analysis and on the vibrational spectra.  It was found possible to carry out this reaction (viewed as an acid(Nb(S03F)s) base(CsS03F) reaction) further, based on the assumption that Nb unlike Sb is well capable of expanding its coordination sphere beyond six:  8  HSO3F  4CSSO3F + 2Nb + 5S2O0P2  > 2Cs2[Nb(S03F) ] 7  Sdays^S'C  (4-5)  117  2Ba(S03F)2 + 2Nb + 5 S2O6F2  HSOjF  > 2 Ba[Nb(S0 F) ] 3  7  (4-6)  2aays,25*C  These reactions proceeded in a very similar fashion to that of Equation (4-4), with the products isolated by filtration. The use of filtration obviously lowers the yield of isolated product, but helps in the identification of the precipitate. Since C S S O 3 F is very soluble in HSO3F,20 the product cannot be viewed as a mixture of C S S O 3 F and Cs[Nb(S03F)6J.  The use of  CSSO3F  in reactions of this type offers two additional advantages: (i) Cs+»  unlike K+ or Li+, is best capable of stabilizing large anions and (ii)the v(S-F) vibrational mode in  CSSO3F  is unusually low (715 cm-l),2i allowing its easy detection in  product mixtures. Cs2[Nb(S03F)7] was obtained in a 70% yield, whereas the yield of Ba[Nb(S03F)7] was 20%. Neither species re-dissolved in  HSO3F  very readily once  isolated, with solutions formed being of -0.2 M maximum concentration.  Alternatively, Cs2[Nb(S03F)7] could be prepared in the absence of HSO3F as well, according to:  4 CsCl + 2 NbCIs + 7 S2O6F2  25*C  > 2 Cs2[Nb(S03F) ] + 7 CI2 7  (4-7)  4 hrs.  The product was isolated by removing all volatiles in vacuo and it was very important to use an exact stoichiometric amount of S2O6F2 in this reaction. Any excess led to further oxidation of CI2 generating by-products, as described in Section 4.C.2.b. On occasion, small amounts of residual chloride were detected even after the products had attained constant weight  This observation suggests that the reaction does not always go to  completion. This was the case for all the attempts to prepare Cs[Nb(S03F)6] by this general route, where chloride-containing wax-like materials formed. For these reasons,  118 metal oxidation appeared to be the route of choice to both the hexakis and heptakis(fluorosulfato) niobiate(V) salts of cesium.  All three salts described here melted or decomposed at temperatures ranging from a maximum of -135 *C (Ba[Nb(S(>3F)7]) to a minimum of -78 *C (Cs2[Nb(S03F)7]); Cs[Nb(S03F)6] fell about halfway, decomposing at -117 °C. Although there are no known [M(S03F)7p- precedents, salts of the type Cs2[M(SC>3F)6], with M = Pt,n G e " or Sn.u all melt at much higher temperatures (260 "C, 242 °C and 249 °C, respectively). All three salts, however, contain a -2 charged anion, which has been shown via vibrational and/or H9Sn MSssbauer spectroscopy to exist with octahedral coordination around the metal. The lower thermal stability of the Nb salts, resulting perhaps from significantly different structural backbones, would be expected for the [Nb(SC>3F)7]2- salts, but not so much for Cs[Nb(S03F)6].  The isolation of Cs2[Nb(S03F)7] and Ba[Nb(S03F)7] is of interest, since species with more than six SO3F groups per central atom have not previously been reported. In fight of the well-known existence of heptacoordinate fluorocomplexes of the type M2 [NbF7], with MI = an alkali metal or NfLj.U their preparation here is not totally I  surprising and underlines once again the similarity between F and SO3F in their coordinating ability.  4.C.1 .d. Attempted Syntheses of Other NbfSO ?Fk Salts Reactions with either USO3F or KSO3F as base in HSO3F led to wax-like or oily products when used in either a 1:1 or 2:1 molar ratio with Nb(SC>3F)5. In some cases, the solvent HSO3F could not be separated from the product mixture, even after prolonged periods and elevated temperatures (-50-60 *C), indicating a very strong degree of  119 solvation. The weights of the products isolated, the sulfur analyses obtained, as well as results from vibrational spectroscopy (see Section 4.C.2) indicated that these materials tend to decompose.  It appears that very large, electropositive countercations ^ such as Cs+ or Ba2+ 22  3  are needed to successfully stabilize the [Nb(SC>3F)6]~ or [Nb(S03F)7]2- anions, resulting in isolable salts. The reported existence of Na3NbFs suggested the possible existence 24  of Cs3[Nb(SC>3F)8]» but synthetic attempts were unsuccessful.  Wax-like, partly  decomposed materials of variable composition were formed when nearly all HSO3F had been removed in vacuo, as indicated by the sulfur analysis and the weight of the isolated product. Both the metal oxidation and the oxidative chloride substitution routes were equally unsuccessful.  4.C.l.e. Synthesis of NbFi(SOiF)i Crystalline NbF (S03F)3 precipitated out of a 2.4 M "Nb(S03F)5" solution after 2  two months storage at room temperature. NbF2(S03F)3 powder precipitated directly out of a 1.1 M "Nb(S03F)5" solution at -5 *C. They had identical compositions and vibrational spectra (see Section 4.C.2). The melting point (126-129 °C) was slightly higher than that of Cs[Nb(SC>3F)6]. For comparison, the tetrameric NbFs melts at 72-73 " C  2 5  These observations suggest that NbF2(S03F)3 is thermodynamically  favoured in these systems.  Only one complex of the type MF2(S03F)3, where M = metal or metalloid, has previously been reported, with uranium as the central metal.  26  It was prepared by  reacting a 4:1 molar mixture of SO3 and UF6, with the surprising formation of S2O6F2 as by-product. Solely on the basis of chemical analysis data, Kleinkopf and Shreevei  3  120 reported the preparation of oxyfluorosulfates of the composition MO(SC*3F)3 (M = Nb or Ta), by reaction of MCI5 with S2O6F2. VO(S03F)3 was also preparedfromVOCI3 and S2O6F2. However, their data for NbO(S03F)3 agree much better with the composition NbF2(SC>3F)3. Description of "NbO(S03F)3" as a yellow oil, however, does not agree with NbF2(S03F)3 obtained in this study. While VO(S03F)3 is certainly a genuine compound, the existence of its Nb and Ta analogues is still uncertain.  4.C.2. Vibrational Spectroscopy 4.C2.a. Cs rNb(SOiFh+rl. withx = 1 or2 r  The principal source of structural information for the two salts Cs[Nb(SC>3F)6] and Cs2[Nb(S03F)7] comes from the infrared and Raman spectra data compiled in Table 4.1. The Raman spectra of Cs[Nb(S03F)6] and Cs2[Nb(S03F)7] are also shown in Figure 4.1. The spectra of both [Nb(S03F)6]" and [Nb(SC>3F)7]2- are rather similar. If presence of monodentate -OSO2F groups in both salts is assumed, the similarity in the region of the SO3F stretches is not surprising, since differences in symmetry around Nb will only be relayed to a limited degree into this region.  If only monodentate crordination of -OSO2F groups was present, three bands would be expected in the 1000-1500 cm-l region (at -1450, -1230, and 900-1000 cm-l) as the highest frequency modes of the monodentate SO3F groups. Especially in the IR spectra, there are a few extra bands and band shoulders present, and they fall at the approximate frequencies where the three bidentate -OSO2F groups' modes normally occur, namely -1400, -1120 and -1070 cm-l.n Combined with the similarity of both the IR and Raman band positions found here to that of the polymeric (via bidentate SO3F groups), octahedrally coordinated Pt(S03F)4,ii it would seem that neither [Nb(S03F)6]~ nor [Nb(SC>3F)7]2- exists as a monomer in solid state. Even though monomeric salts  Table 4.1. Vibrational Frequencies of GsJNb(S03F)5+xJ, with x = 1 or 2 Cs [Nb(S0 F) ]  Cs[Nb(S0 F) ] 3  Raman (AV, cm" ) 1  2  6  IR (V, cm' ) 1  3  Raman (AV, cm" ) 1  w,b  7  IR (V, cm" ) 1  Approx. Assignment  1434 1410 1338  s,b s,b m,b,sh  Vas (SO3)  1433  w,b  1432 1403  s,b s,b  1431  1263 1233  s w  1258 1221  m s  1262 1230  s w  1256 1217  m s  1106  w,b  w,b  w,b  m,b,sh w,b,sh s,vb  1102  928  1153 1083 -910  1153 1085 -980 -905  w,b,sh w,b s,vb m,vb,sh  847  w,b  -830  643  w  562 552 434  w w w  253 193  m m  Vs (SO3) monodentate v (SO2) polydentate  924  w  v (O-SOjF)  s,vb  846  w  830  s,b  v(S-F)  651  m  641  w  648  w,b  v (Nb-O) + 8 (SO3F)  554  m,b  m  m,sh m m,sh  w w w  555  434 423 412  560 548 432 406  vw,b  433 424 412 405  m,sh m m,sh m,sh  250 192  m m  s  8 (SO3F)  Vas (Nb-O) + 8 (SO3F)  skeletal and lattice vibrations  1263  Cs[Nb(S0 F)6] 3  I433  |  1500  1  1  1  1  1 1000  1  1  — i  1  1 500  W A V E N U M B E R (cm ) H  Figure 4.1. Raman Spectra of Cs[Nb(S03F)6] and Cs2[Nb(S03F>7] from 100 to 1500 cm-l  1  1  1  I 100  123 such as Cs2[Ge(S03F)6] exhibit similar Raman spectra, their//? spectra are much less 14  complex, supporting the above conclusion.  Furthermore, the IR spectrum of the  supposedly oligomeric Cs[Pt(S03F)5]n salt and the Raman spectrum of the likewise oligomeric Cs[Sn(S03F)s] salt are very similar to the respective spectra of the present 14  salts.  For a mixed mono/bidentate - O S O 2 F environment, multiple v(S-F) bands would be expected. -  11 14  Although this is not seen in either of the salts' spectra, the v(S-F) band  found in each case at -830 cm-l is very broad, especially in the case of Cs[Nb(S03F)6J, suggesting that multiple bands may be partially overlapped. It is interesting to note that bands present in both the IR and Raman spectra at 1430-1450 and 900 cm- have 1  previously also been found for Pt(SC>3F)4 and Sn(S03F)4 but not for their respective 11  14  salts Cs [M(S03F)4+xl, with x = 1 or 2. x  Observed spurring of some of the vibrational modes may be due to vibrational mixing or slight non-equivalency among various SO3F groups ? in the anion. The 2  vibrational data, however, indicate that in both salts, nearly identical conformations of the SO3F groups are found and that monodentate as well as bridging polydentate SO3F groups are present. The broadness of many of the bands present in the IR spectra prevents a more definite assignment for the bands due to the latter, although bidentate coordination is most likely.  14  A higher than six-coordinate environment for Nb and  oligomeric structural units are implied, which is given some precedent by the existence of the eight-coordinate Na3NbFs salt  24  K2NbF7, on the other hand, exists with monomeric  [NbF7]2- units and Nb in a seven-coordinate, capped trigonal (C2v) coordination environment For Nb to have the same coordination environment in Cs[Nb(S03F)6] as 2  it has in Cs2[Nb(S03F)7], it would require a highly oligomerized structure, leading ultimately to an eight-coordinate environment around the metal centers in both cases.  124 4.C2.b. BafNbfSOiFhl and Other Derivatives The infrared data for Ba[Nb(S03F)7] are listed in Table 4.U, along with the approximate band assignments. - O S O 2 F groups is indicated.  The presence of both monodentate and bidentate  However, a much greater complexity of the spectrum  compared to that of Cs[Nb(S03F)6l and Cs2[Nb(S03F>7] is observed and it appears that Ba2+ unlike Cs+ is a good acceptor and is involved in coordination to oxygen. It should be pointed out that the IR spectrum of Ba(SC>3F)2 has been reported and all the E-modes appear to be split, with C rather than C3 symmetry indicated.28 Coordination to Ba2+ is s  V  seen as a possible cause. The presence of a broad band at ~700 cm-l in the present spectrum, which is normally the region of terminal Nb-F stretching modes (also see 16  Section 4.C.2.C), and a region in which fluorosulfate bands are not usually found, is puzzling and as yet not easily explained.  The rest of the discussion here will briefly deal with the spectra of some of the salts for which good analytical data have not been obtained, as a result of either incomplete reaction or decomposition (see Section 4.C.l.d). The most promising of these is Cs3[Nb(SC>3F)8], prepared from NbCls in the absence of HSO3F, whose IU spectrum is somewhat simpler in the 800-1450 cm-l region than the spectra of Cs[Nb(S03F)6] or  Cs2[Nb(S03F)7]. There is no sign of bidentate -OSO2F bands, suggesting the presence of monomeric [Nb(S03F)8]3- units.  Unfortunately, cMorine-free, undecomposed  samples could not be isolated. Attempts at isolating this salt from HSO3F led again to partially decomposed materials, as indicated by the presence of a band at -700 cm- , 1  which is attributable to a terminal Nb-F stretching mode.  16  obtained for "Li[Nb(S03F)6]"  Very similar spectra were  and "K2[Nb(S03F) ]", both giving rise to a very 7  prominent Nb-F stretching band at ~700 cm-l indicative of partial decomposition; neither  125 Table 4.IL Infrared Vibrational Frequencies of Ba[Nb(S03F)7] Approx. Assignment  V(cnr *> 1390 1342  vs s,sh  1282 1233 1221 1213 1152 1115 1097  s,b s,sh s s,sh w,b m w,b,sh  1008 997  s s,b,sh  867 853 842 824  m,sh s,sh s s  Vas (SO3) •<  v (S0 ) 3  >  v (0-S0 F) 2  v (S-F)  m,b  (?)  670 632 m  v (Nb-O) + 8 (S0 F)  610 599 583 563  m,sh m,sh s,sh s  443 423 415  m w,sh w,sh  -700  s  3  8 (SO3F)  (Nb-O) + 8 (SO3F)  salt precipitates out of solution to allow isolation by filtration. IR spectra of both of these materials look similar to those of the cesium salts, however with less pronounced evidence for bidentate SO3F groups.  126 4.C2.C. NbF?(SO*FU The seemingly incomplete Raman and infrared data for this species are shown in Table 4.m. The Raman spectrum is of poor quality on two accounts: (i) Raman bands are observed on a strong, broad fluorescence envelope and show a sloping baseline and (ii) a number of glass and plasma lines are observed but are for the most part identifiable. The principal feature of the IR spectrum shown in Figure 4.2 is its complexity.  The absence of a constraint to coordination number six for Nb and the unavailability of other structural techniques such as Mossbauer spectroscopy allow only tentative band assignments. A number of uranium(V) fluorosulfato derivatives such as UF2(S03F)3,26 a direct analogue to NbF2(S03F)3, and also UF3(S03F)2, UF(S03F)4 and UO(S03F)329 provide some help, however. Uranium, just like niobium, may well exhibit seven- or eight-coordination.  More reliable Raman spectra have been obtained and  magnetic measurements have confirmed the oxidation state +5 for uranium.  26  Relative  IR and Raman exclusion of the two extremely intense v(F-U-F) modes at 636 (asymmetric) and 606 cm- (symmetric) is interpreted in terms of a linear or nearly linear 1  UF2 group and is seen as evidence for a more symmetrical environment. Such a feature, however, is not apparent for NbF2(SC>3F)3, with Vas(F-Nb-F) at 712 and v (F-Nb-F) at s  666 cm- both seen in the IR. The latter band has only a rather weak counterpart in the 1  Raman spectrum. These bands occur at 734 and 688 cm- for [ N b F s ^ i and at 722 and 1  6  710 cm- for (CH3)2Sn(NbF6)2, respectively. 1  7  The SO3F band spacings found for NbF2(S03F)  3  allow some tentative  assignments and limited structural conclusion. Based on the above, cited precedents such  127 Table 4JDX Vibrational Frequencies of NbF2(SC>3F)3 Raman (Av, cm* ) 1  -1435  1161 -1112 1104 1080 1070 -1050 1006 884 874 869 669  566 561  386 310 288 269 250  vw,b  m w,b,sh m w w w,b s  ER (' ) 1  1434 1407 1394 1378  s s s,sh s  1216 1164  s,b s  1115  m,b,sh  1090 1069 1046 1002 -970  s,sh s s m,vb,sh  v (S0 + O-SO2F)  v(S-F)  m,sh m m,sh  888 854 837  m,b,sh s,b  vw,b  712 666  m,b s  634 621 605 592  m,sh s m,sh m  571 562  m,sh m  475 450  w w  vw,b vw.b  vw,b w,b w m m  Approx. Assignment Vas (SO3)  V (S0 ) S  3  2  Vas (Nb-F) v (Nb-F) s  v (Nb-O) + 8 (SO3F) s  8 (SO3F) -  Vas (Nb-O) + 8 (SO3F)  lattice vibrations  +  torsion modes  as MF2(S03F)2, with M = Sn,u30 Ge.n Sb3i or As,32 Pt(S03F)4U and the uranium(V) fluorosulfates just discussed, bands at -1380-1410, -1160 and -1070 cm-l are assignable to a symmetrically bidentate, presumably bridging SO3F group. For the remaining bands at -1430, -1220 and -1000 cm-l, the band positions suggest a monodentate group. The observed band intensities, however, do not support this conclusion. The supposedly symmetrical SO3 stretch is barely detectable in the Raman spectrum, while a Raman band with Av of 1006 cm" has the highest overall intensity. No clear assignment is 1  possible and either tridentate or unsymmetrical, aniso-bidentate coordination remain feasible. The presence of more than one type of fluorosulfate group is further supported by the very broad v(S-F) bands in the -830-900 cm" region of the spectrum. 1  Whereas the evidence for fluorosulfate bridges is abundant, fluorine bridges are more difficult to detect, since they would occur in a cluttered region of the spectrum (-450-550 cm-l, based on the v(Nb-F-Nb) bands found at 514 or 479 cm" in the 1  spectrum of [NbFs]4).i6 The only such band in the spectrum of NbF2(S03F)3 is found at 475 cm-l, but an unambiguous assignment is not possible. Besides, it is difficult to envision the existence of both fluoro- and fluorosulfate-bridges in this compound, especially since only the latter are present in previously studied MF (S03F) x  species. K  2 6  y  type  ^^  The conclusions reached here are three-fold: (i) the coordination number of Nb in NbF2(S03F)3 appears higher than six, possibly seven or even eight; (ii) the coordination environment of Nb appears to be of low symmetry and (iii) consistent with other fluorides or fluorosulfates studied by us and others, SC^F-bridging appears to take precedence over F-bridging. The poor quality of the Raman spectrum, the poor match with the UF (S03F)3 vibrational data and the lack of auxiliary techniques preclude more 2  detailed conclusions.  Crystals o f NbF2(S03F)3 have been obtained, but were  unfortunately found to exist in clusters, making them unsuitable for single crystal X-ray diffraction studies. A n interesting structure is suspected for this compound based on its vibrational spectra, and further pursuit of a single crystal appears worthwhile in the future.  4.C.3. Powder X-ray IMffraction Studies A powder X-ray diffraction photograph was obtained for Ba[Nb(SC>3F)7] and the resulting lines are listed in Table 4.rV.  The assignment of Miller indices was not  attempted, since, to the author's knowledge, there are no suitable studies available for comparison. The most significant features of the pattern are the presence of the second and third most intense lines at unusually high dex values of 9.83 and 8.08 A. Salts of the type MlNbFs+x, where MI = alkali metal andx = 1,2 or 3, as well as UF2(SC>3F)3,26 for 24  example, do not possess any high intensity lines with dex > 8.00 A. This may suggest an unusual unit cell for Ba[Nb(SC>3F)7]. Table 4.IV. X-ray Powder Pattern for Ba[Nb(S03F) ] 7  dex(A)  Intensity  9.83 8.08 6.71 4.72 4.45 3.98 3.46 3.25  m s m m w m w vs  131 Unfortunately, an adequate X-ray diffraction line pattern could not be obtained for amorphous NbF2(S03F)3, owing to its inefficient X-ray scattering and its tendency to decompose after only one or two hours of X-ray exposure.  4.D. Conclusion Extremely soluble Nb(S03F)s has been generated in situ in HSO3F, with its solutions thermally stable at least at low concentrations (<1 M). Higher concentrations led to the precipitation of NbF (S03F) , which was isolated and characterized. 2  3  Formation of oxyfluorosulfates, such as NbO(S03F)3, was not observed.  Since no  S2O5F2 was detected, its formation as by-product is also judged unlikely.  The existence of Nb(SC>3F)5, at least in "basic" solution, is supported by the isolation and characterization of the ternary salts Cs[Nb(SC>3F)6], Cs2[Nb(S03F)7] (two different pathways) and Ba[Nb(S(>}F)7]. Their isolation demonstrates the ability of Nb(S03F)5 to act as a Lewis acid or SO3F ~ ion acceptor in HSO3F. Its solubility in HS03F appears to be good and the HS03F-Nb(S03F)5 system emerges as a promising superacid system.  However, proof of superacidity still requires conductometric and  spectroscopic studies.  Expanded coordination spheres via fluorosulfate bridging are  apparent in all three salts from their IR and Raman spectra, with eight-coordination being very likely and at least seven coordination present Cs2[Nb(SC>3F)7] and Ba[Nb(SO*3F)7] are the first salts reported with definite existence of a higher than six-coordinated fluorosulfato metallate.  The next chapter will describe an analogous investigation of niobium's "father metal", tantalum. 25  132  REFERENCES  1. F. Fairbrother, 'The Chemistry of Niobium and Tantalum", Elsevier, London, 1967. 2. D. Brown, Chemistry of Niobium and Tantalum in "Comprehensive Inorganic Chemistry", Pergamon Press, N.Y., VoLDI, 1973. 3. F.A. Cotton and G. Wilkinson, "Advanced Inorganic Chemistry", 5th Edition, J. Wiley & Sons, N.Y., 1988. 4. A J . Edwards, / . Chem. Soc, 3714 (1964). 5. G.A. Olah, G.K.S. Prakash and J. Sommer, "Superacids", J. Wiley & Sons, N.Y., 1985 (and references herein). 6. J.A.S. Howell and K.C. Moss, J. Chem. Soc. A, 2481 (1971). 7. S.P. Mallela, S. Yap, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, Rev. Chim. Min. 23,572 (1986). 8. S J. Lippard, Prog. Inorg. Chem. 8,109 (1967). 9. H. Funk, W. Weiss and K.P. Roethe, Z. Anorg. Chem. 301,271 (1959). 10. D.L. Kepert, 'The Early Transition Metals", Academic Press, London, Chapt. 3, 1972. 11. K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 23,2124 (1984). 12. H.C. Clark and H J . Emeleus, / . Chem. Soc, 190 (1958). 13. G.C. Kleinkopf and J.M. Shreeve, Inorg. Chem. 4,607 (1964). 14. S.P. Mallela, K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 23,653 (1984). 15. K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 18,389 (1979). 16. I.R. Beattie, K.M.S. Livingston, G.A. Ozin and D J . Reynolds, / . Chem. Soc. A., 958 (1969). 17. RJi. Noftle and G U . Cady, / . Inorg. Nucl. Chem. 29,969 (1967). 18. W.P. Galbraith and G.H. Cady, Inorg. Chem. 2,496 (1963). 19. H.A. Carter, A . M Qureshi and F. Aubke, / . Chem. Soc, Chem. Commun., 1461 (1968).  133 20. A.W. Jache, Adv. Inorg. Chem. Radiochem. 16,177 (1974). 21. A. Ruoff, J.B. Milne, G. Kaufmann and M.Z. Leroy, Z. Anorg. Allg. Chem. 372,119 (1970). 22. R.T. Sanderson, Inorg. Chem. 25,3518 (1986). 23. R.G. Pearson, Inorg. Chem. 27,734 (1988). 24. D. Bizot and M. Malek-Zadeh, Rev. Chim. Min. 11,710 (1974). 25. "Handbook of Chemistry and Physics", 57th Edition, R.C. Weast, E d , C.R.C. Press U.S.A., pp. B-34 and B-50,1976-1977. 26. W.W. Wilson, C. Naulin and R. Bougon, Inorg. Chem. 16,2252 (1977). 27. L.E. Levchuk, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 11,43 (1972). 28. C.S. Alleyne, K.O. Mailer and R.C. Thompson, Can. J. Chem. 52, 336 (1974). 29. J.P. Masson, C. Naulin, P. Charpin and R. Bougon, Inorg. Chem. 17,1858 (1978). 30. P.A. Yeats, B.L. Poh, B.FJ5. Ford, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, / . Chem. Soc. A, 2188 (1970). 31. W.W. Wilson and F. Aubke, / . Fluor. Chem. 13,431 (1979). 32. H. Imoto and F. Aubke, / . Fluor. Chem. 15,59 (1980).  134 CHAPTER 5 FLUOROSULFATE DERIVATIVES OF TANTALUMfV)  5.A. Introduction  The similarity between the chemical behaviour of tantalum and that of niobium can be predicted from the assortment of physical properties listed earlier in Table 1.1 and some general comments can be made. Pentavalent halides of tantalum are harder to reduce than those of niobium and hence the tri- and tetrahalides are less well known. TaF4 has not been prepared, whereas TaF3 only forms as a minor by-product during the synthesis of TaF5.i  The very stable TaFs has been among the numerous halides or oxyhalides of 2  tantalum for which the structure has been reported.  3  It exists as a hygroscopic, white  solid and is isostructural with NbFs as a cis-fluorine bridged tetramer. Its melting point of 95-97 ' C M is however higher. The highresistanceof TaFs towards reduction and its higher acidity hasresultedin its more frequent use as the Lewis acid component in HF, HSO3F or HSO3CF3 superacid systems5 compared to NbFs.  The anions [TaFg] and [TaF7]2- have both been detected in aqueous HF solutions -  of Ta(V) and NH4F via Raman spectroscopy. A similar 19F NMR study? gave evidence 6  for the presence of the same two species. Tentative evidence for the [TaF9]4- ion in aqueous HF media has also been established, while [TaF8]3- has not been observed. 2  Even more so than with NbFs, these results give evidence for the excellent acceptor ability of TaFs, which is the basis of its superacidity.  Salts of the type M3lTaF8,  M2 TaF7, MITaF6 (MI = Na, K or NH4), and (CH3)2Sn(TaF6)2 have also been isolated. I  8  135 Single crystal X-ray structures of Na3TaFs and more recendy KsTaF? have also been reported.9.  10  The anions urboth salts exist as discrete monomeric units. This tendency to  exhibit higher coordination numbers than six is seemingly even more pronounced for tantalum than it is for niobium Salts of only the octahedral, monomeric anions [TaX^]  -  have been obtained with the other halides, CI", Br", and r . u  The resistance of TaFs towards reduction to lower fluorides and its promising superacidic behavior led to interest in the preparation of the binary Ta(S03F)s; success encountered with the analogous niobium system in the previous chapter reinforced this. In addition, this species is expected to be even more acidic than the niobium analog, and, due to its expected ability to support a more crowded coordination sphere, should be less prone to the type of decomposition that led to NbF2(S03F)3.  The solubility of  Ta(SC>3F)5 in H S O 3 F is also expected to be comparable to that of Nb(S03F)s and hence significantly greater than that of TaFs. As was the case with niobium, both TaFs»2.6S03 ("TaF3(S03F)2" with excess S03)i2 and TaO(SC>3F)3i3 have previously been reported, although neither compound was properly characterized.  In addition, the reaction of  TaCIs with the very toxic C2H5SO3F has been claimed" to yield TaCl3(S03F)2.  5.B. Experimental 5.B.I. In Situ Synthesis of Pentalnsffliinmsiilfato^tantalumrV). Ta(SChF)s Typically, 411 mg (2.27 mmol) of tantalum metal powder was treated with an approximate 7 ml mixture of S2O6F2 and HSO3F (2:1) and allowed to react at 40 °C for 5 days, by whichtimeall the metal was consumed and a colorless solution was obtained. Excess S2O6F2 was removed in vacuo at room temperature.  Attempts to completely  remove the acid in vacuo failed at room temperature, whereas the application of heat  136 resulted in decomposition of the product. The product did not precipitate, even when the acid volume was reduced as much as possible and cooling down to -10 °C was applied.  5.B.2. Derivatives of TafSCnFk a) Cesium Hexakis(fluorosulfato)tantalate(V) Two different forms were obtained, depending on the synthetic route used. They are termed forms a and p*. a-FORM 617 mg (3.41 mmol) of tantalum metal powder was added to 781 mg (3.37 mmol) of CSSO3F to which was then distilled 5 ml of S2O6F2 and 4 ml of HSO3F in vacuo. The mixture was allowed to stir at 35 °C for 3 days, by which time the dark grey metal powder was completely consumed and a white slurry had formed. The fine white powder was collected by vacuum filtration. Excess solvent and S2O6F2 were removed and the product was dried in vacuo for 24 hours at room temperature.  a-Cs[Ta(S0 F)6] was 3  isolated in 64% yield and decomposed at 120-124 "C.  Analytical Data for rx-CsTaSgOisRs: Cs(%)  Ta(%)  S(%)  F(%)  Calculated:  14.63  19.92  21.18  12.55  Found  14.45  20.00  20.96  12.31  S:F = 0.991  137 §-FORM 763 mg (2.13 mmol) of TaCls was added to 360 mg (2.14 mmol) of CsCl to which was then vacuum distilled exacdy 2.30 ml of S2O6F2 and the white, paste-like material was allowed to stir at 25 *C for 5 hours. Vigorous evolution of yellow to deeporange gaseous by-products occurred during the course of the reaction, and the reaction vessel was periodically vented in vacuo. Following the visible completion of the reaction (end of bubbling), volatile by-products were removed overnight in vacuo. A paste-like white material was isolated in 89% yield.  This material's texture prevented the  measurement of an accurate melting point  Analytical Data for p-CsTaSgOigF^ Cs(%)  Ta(%)  S(%)  F(%)  Calculated:  14.63  19.92  21.18  12.55  Found:  14.90  19.80  20.40  12.65  S:F = 0.956  b) Cesium Heptakis(fluorosulfato)tantalate(V) Typically, 310 mg (1.71 mmol) of tantalum metal powder was added to 824 mg (3.55 mmol) of CSSO3F. About 3 ml of S2O0F2 and 2 ml of H S O 3 F were then distilled onto the solids. The resulting mixture was allowed to stir at 40 "C for 2 days, by which time all the dark grey metal was consumed and a white slurry appeared. The reaction vessel was cooled to 0 *C. A fine white powder was collected by vacuum filtration. Excess solvent and S2O0F2 were removed and the product was dried in vacuo for 3 days  138 at room temperature.  The isolated yield was 70%.  Cs2[Ta(SC>3F)7] decomposed at  77-79 "C.  Cs2[Ta(S03F)7] was alternatively prepared as follows. 717 mg (2.00 mmol) of TaCIs was added to 665 mg (3.95 mmol) of CsCl to which was then vacuum distilled 1.8 ml of S2O6F2. The white, paste-like mixture was stirred at 25 °C for .3 hours, during which time vigorous evolution of gaseous by-products occurred, requiring periodic venting of the reactor in vacuo.  Once all bubbling had ceased, additional pumping  overnight on the product at 0 *C was applied, to ensure the complete removal of all volatile by-products without product deomposition. The white, powdery product was isolated in quantitative yield and gave a negative chloride test.  Analytical Data for Cs2TaS 02iF7: 7  Ta(%)  S(%)  F(%)  Calculated:  15.87  19.68  11.66  Found:  15.60  19.40  11.61  S:F= 1.010  5.B.3 Attempted Syntheses of Additional Ta(SQ F)s Derivatives 3  a) Cesium Octakis(fluorosulfato)tantalate(V) The preparation of Cs3[Ta(S03F)8] was attempted via both general routes described earlier.  The synthesis from TaCIs led to a mixed product of uncertain  composition, whereas the metal oxidation route led to a product which was prone to fairly rapid degradation.  139 Analytical Data for Cs TaS8024Fg: 3  Calculated:  Cs(%)  Ta(%)  S(%)  F(%)  29.06  13.19  18.69  11.08  —  17.10  17.31  10.37  14.60  19.65  18.40  12.26  Found (TaCIs prep.): Found (Ta prep.):  b) Barium Heptakis(fluorosulfato)tantalate(V) Synthetic attempts along the same lines as the successful synthesis of Ba[Nb(S03F)7] were carried out repeatedly.  Products of mixed composition were  obtained eachtimedue to partial decomposition.  Analytical Data for BaTaSv02iF7: Ba(%)  Ta(%)  S(%)  F(%)  Calculated:  13.57  17.89  22.18  13.15  Found:  7.05  28.95  16.28  17.02  c) Lithium Salts of Heptakis(fluorosulfato) and Octakis(fluorosulfato)tantalate(V) Attempts to use metal oxidation in the presence of LiSC^F led either to very viscous oils or paste-like materials of uncertain composition. Complete solvent removal was difficult in both instances.  (HSO3F)  5.B.4. The Synthesis of Tetrafluoro(fluorosulfato)tantalumfV). TaEi(SChF) 1.50 g (5.44 mmol) of TaF was added to 0.73 ml of a 1.88 M Ta(S03F)s in 5  HSO3F solution (1.36 mmol Ta(S03F)s) in the drybox. The heterogeneous mixture was stirred for 18 hours at room temperature, by whichtimeall of the TaFs had* dissolved and a clear, colorless solution resulted. A white, powdery product was isolated in 52% yield by pumping on the solution for 2 days at room temperature and thus evolving all volatiles. TaF (S03F) decomposed at 210-220 'C. 4  Analytical Data for TaFsS03: Ta(%)  S(%)  F(%)  Calculated:  50.83  9.01  26.68  Found:  51.10  9.16  26.54  S:F = 0.205  S.C. Results and Discussion 5.C.I. Synthesis and General Discussion S.C.La. In Situ Synthesis ofTafSOiFh The same general route that was used to obtain Nb(S03F)s in Chapter 4 was applied to prepare Ta(SC>3F)5:  2Ta +  5S2O6F2  HSO3F > 2Ta(S0 F) 3  5  (5-1)  2days.40*C SUghdy higher temperatures and longer reaction times were needed than in the preparation of Nb(S03F)5, reflecting a greater resistance of Ta towards oxidation. This  141 trend seemed independent of the metal powders' mesh or exact purity (see Table 2.1). Clear, colorless solutions resulted, with more concentrated solutions ^ 2 M ) tending to be of a gel-like consistency. Once again, no precipitate formed. Excess S2O6F2 was readily removed in vacuo at room temperature.  As observed during the synthesis of  Nb(SC>3F)5 and Au(S03F)3,is.i6 it was found that the S2O6F2 volume in the S2O6F2/HSO3F mixture must be larger than that of HSO3F to ensure that the reaction proceeds efficiently. 0.9 M solutions of the product were observed to undergo rapid fluorosulfate exchange between the solute and solvent, giving rise to a single solvent/solute resonance in the 19F NMR spectra even at temperatures of -55 °C. This exchange is believed to be responsible for the noted high solubility of Ta(S03F)s.  Because of the solute's extremely high solubility, complete removal of the solvent (HSO3F) in vacuo was not possible at room temperature. Heating the reaction mixture to about 45 °C led to a decomposed product of a lower than expected weight. Infrared spectra were obtained at various stages prior to and at the point when the product reached constant weight. As constant weight was approached, a gradual reduction in intensity and increased proliferation of the fluorosulfate bands as well as the appearance of a v(TaF) band (at ~700 cm-l)i7 suggested decomposition via SO3 loss to form species of the type TaF (S03F)5- . x  x  However, the spectra of volatiles collected during this process  showed very similar bands, suggesting that some of these TaF (S03F)5- decomposition x  x  products may be volatile. The species isolated at the end of this decomposition process was a white powder, whose weight was lower than that expected for TaFs, even though its IR spectrum still contained some SO3 stretching bands.  Solutions of Ta(S03F)5 in HSO3F were found to be clear at considerably higher concentrations than those of Nb(S03F)s. No apparent evidence for the dissociation of  142 Ta(SC*3F)5 in HSO3F solution up to concentrations of about 2 M was obtained and only highly concentrated (12 - 13 M) solutions have shown signs of precipitation and possible decomposition.  As was the case with Nb(S03F)5, the isolation of salts of the type  M' [Ta(S03F)5+x], with x = 1 or 2 and M ' = Cs or Ba, from solution supports the x  existence of undecomposed Ta(SC>3F)5, at least at low concentrations.  5.C.l.b. Additional Attempts to Obtain TafSOiFU  The same four synthetic routes that had been tried in attempts to isolate solid Nb(SC>3F)5 were explored here: (i) the reaction of TaFs with excess H S O 3 F ; (ii) the reaction of NbCls with excess HSO3F; (iii) the reaction of NbCls with excess S2O0F2; (iv) the reaction of Ta(SC>3F)5/HS03F with CH2CI2. None of these routes was entirely fruitful in the temperature range -45 to +45 "C, usually leading to mixtures.  There is however some evidence for the formation of TaF4(S03F) at 25 °C after one week via reaction (i), based on weight measurements, the product's IR spectrum and its decomposition at 210 °C (see Section 5.B.4). However, microanalysis of the product isolated after all the HSO3F was removed showed a 4.04:1 FATa ratio, with F and Ta analytical data suggesting the composition TaF32(S03F)o.80o.5. The discrepancy may be due to some Si Oy type materials being left behind from the reaction of the by-product x  HF with the glass.  The other three attempted reaction routes proceeded very similarily to those already described for the niobium analogs, and therefore will not be discussed again. It appears that neither Nb(SC>3F)5 nor Ta(S0 F)5  is obtainable as a stable entity  3  separable from the solvent HSO3F, which is due in part to their high degree of solvation and in part to their thermal instability.  5.C.1.C Derivatives of TafSO^FU As in the case of Nb(S03F)5, synthesis of alkali metal fluorosulfato derivatives of tantalum was also successful. The base C S S O 3 F was again chosen, and initial reaction was found to proceed according to:  HSO3F  2 CSSO3F + 2 Ta + 5 S2O6F2  >  2 Cs[Ta(S0 F)6]  (5-2)  3  3 days, 35'C  The analytically pure product was obtained by filtration as a white powder in slightly lower isolated yield (64%) than the analogous niobium salt, possibly due to greater solubility in HSO3F, which was also indicated by the product's ability to re-dissolve once isolated to give about 0.3 M solutions.  A salt of the same composition was prepared in the absence of HSO3F, according  to: 25'C CsCl + TaCIs + 3 S 2 O 6 F 2  > Cs[Ta(S0 F)6] + 3 C l 3  2  (5-3)  5hrs. Even though analytical data obtained were satisfactory (except for a low sulfur value), there are reasons to view the material with suspicion:  144 (i) a mass balance of the reaction was unsatisfactory, with only 89% of the expected product weight found; (ii) occasional samples gave a positive chloride test; (iii) the paste-like consistency of the product suggested a mixture. It does appear that preparations from HSO3F via metal oxidation are the better route. It must be noted however that the reaction of TaCls with S2O6F2 takes a different course in the presence of CsCl (or CSSO3F) than in its absence, where TaO(S03F)3 reportedly" forms. For convenience, the products formed via Reactions (5-2) and (5-3) are referred to as "Form a" and "Form fJ", respectively.  As is the case with niobium, the coordination sphere of tantalum is also expandable. Accordingly, the following reaction was attempted: HSO3F  4  CSSO3F  + 2 Ta + 5  S2O6F2  > 2 Cs [Ta(S03F)7]  (5-4)  2  2days,40-C  Cs2[Ta(S03F)7] was isolated by filtration, to discriminate against a possible mixture of Cs[Ta(S03F)6] and CSSO3F being present, the latter being very soluble in HSO3F.18 Once isolated, Cs2[Ta(S03F)7] redissolves only sparingly (up to ~ 0.1 M) in HSO3F.  Cs2[Ta(S03F)7] was also prepared in the absence of HSO3F by an alternative procedure, according to:  2CsCl + TaCls + UlSiO&i  25*C > C s j T O S O s F ^ ] + 7/2Cl 3 hrs.  2  (5-5)  The product was isolated by removing the volatiles in vacuo and an exact weight balance  145 was obtained. The salts isolated by Reaction (5-4) and (5-5) both appeared to have the same structure, the same melting point, and gaveriseto nearly identical infrared and 19F NMR spectra, as will be discussed later.  The thermal stabilities of a-Cs[Ta(S03)F)6] and Cs2[Ta(S03F)-] were found to be very comparable to that of their niobium analogs, with the former melting at about five degrees higher while the latter melted about two degrees lower.  The successful isolation of the unusual heptakis(fluorosulfato) tantalate(V) salt, Cs2[Ta(S03F)7], is not surprising in view of the known heptacoordinate fluorocomplexes of the type Ml2lTaF7],u where MI = an alkali metal or NH4. Nevertheless, both the Nb and Ta salts provide the first examples of heptakis(fluorosulfato) anions.  5.C.1 .d. Attempted Syntheses of Other TafSO ?F) s Derivatives Most puzzling is the failure to synthesize Ba[Ta(SC>3F)7].  Whereas  Ba[Nb(S(>}F)7] could be isolated by filtration from HSO3F solution, multiple attempts at the isolation of Ba[Ta(SC>3F)7] by filtration and by removal of volatiles in vacuo led to partially decomposed products as gauged by weight measurements, microanalysis, and infrared spectroscopy. Analysis for all elements except oxygen led to the conclusion that the products obtained by filtration were a mixture of the desired product and some other fluoro(fluorosulfato) species, perhaps of the form TaF (S03F)5- . This was supported by x  x  the high fluorine value, the low sulfur value, and the extremely high tantalum and correspondingly low cesium values (see Section 5.B.3.b). The obtained yields were always lower than expected (when isolated in vacuo) and the various products' irifrared spectra invariably gave evidence for the presence of Ta-F bonds. There is at present no satisfactory explanation for this difference in behavior between Nb and Ta.  The synthesis of Cs3[Ta(S03F)8], by both oxidative chloride substitution and metal oxidation, was unsuccessful. The existence of the target material was suggested by the known NasTaFs-  2  Products (isolated in vacuo) were contaminated by either the  presence of chloride or by unreacted spectra.  CSSO3F,  as evident from microanalysis and infrared  The chloride substitution, it seems, does not go to completion. Products  obtained by metal oxidation (isolated by filtration) are of "ambiguous" composition. Repeatedly, sulfur analyses agreed very well with the expected composition, but the cesium, tantalum and fluorine values all agreed with Cs[Ta(S03F)6].  Furthermore, the  infrared spectrum (see Section 5.C.2.b) has characteristics of both the a- and J5- forms of the latter salt.  To gain further understanding of the effect of changing the countercation, the syntheses of Li [Ta(S03F)5 ], x  +x  with x = 2 or 3, type salts were attempted.  Unfortunately, very viscous oils or paste-like materials were obtained, which could not be completely separated from the solvent without the onset of visible decomposition. No characterization could consequently be undertaken.  It hence appears that the large, electropositive Cs+ is the only cation that is capable of stabilizing the [Ta(S03F)5+x] - anions (x = 1 or 2), indicating their somewhat x  unstable nature. This will be further discussed in Chapter 6.  147 S.C.I.e. Synthesis of TaFj(SOiF) The preparation of impure TaF^SOiF)  from the solvolysis of TaFs in HSO3F  pointed to the possible existence of this compound. A concentrated (1.9 M) solution of Ta(S03F)5 in H S O 3 F was used as one of the reagents in its successful preparation, according to: HSO3F  [TaF5]4 + Ta(S03F)  5  > 5 TaF (S0 F) 4  3  (5-6)  18hrs..25 C ,  Exact stoichiometry was very important here, since the product was isolated by removal of all volatiles in vacuo. The success of the reaction indicates that facile F vs. SO3F interchange occurred with tantalum as the central metal, as had been reported previously for the SbFs-SOsF syste'ins.19.20  The successful removal of all HSO3F at room  temperature in vacuo suggested that TaE4(S03F) is less strongly solvated than Ta(SC*3F)5 in the acid. It is noteworthy that the presence of Ta(S03F)5( iv) enhanced the solubility SO  of TaFs in fluorosulfuric acid.  Two very unusual features of this reaction and its product deserve mention: (i) the obtained yield was only 52% and (ii) the product was thermally stable up to a much higher temperature (200 - 220 °C) than NbF2(S03F)3 (126 - 129 " Q or any of the salts (~70 - 130 "C). The first feature can best be explained by assuming that either the product or some reaction intermediate(s) together with excess HSO3F are volatile. The high melting point of TaF4(S03F) is however not consistent with any significant volatility. It is likely that ligand redistribution occurred in solution via Equation (5-6). The solvated, possibly mono- or dimeric species is partly volatile in the presence of HS03F and will partly polymerize to remain as an involatile, high melting solid. The known melting point of 96.8 *C for [TaFsk and the low thermal stability of Ta(S03F)s 4  148 (see Section 5.C.l.a-b) makes the high decomposition point of TaF^SOjF) even more unexpected. To the author's knowledge, there are surprisingly no known species of the form Ta F4X, with X = any ligand, reported in the literature. v  5.C.2. Vibrational Spectroscopy S.C2.a. CsrfTafSOiFU+rhwithx = lor2 As was the case with Nb(S03F)s earlier in Chapter 4, the high solubility of Ta(SC>3F)5 in HSO3F and its extensive solvation in this medium precluded its study in solid state via vibrational spectroscopy. The results of some limited solution studies are discussed in Chapter 6.  Both infrared and Raman spectra were obtained for  Cs[Ta(S03F)6] and Cs2[Ta(S03F)7], with the data compiled in Table 5.1. Many of the band assignments suggested are identical to those already discussed for the analogous niobium salts. As mentioned, the hexakis(fluorosulfato) tantalum salts appear to exist in two different structural forms, whose respective IR spectra are also shown in Figure 5.1. In spite of the relatively poor quality of the spectra, due mosdy to solid state effects, the differences between them is quite apparent. The most obvious difference is the presence of the unique bands at 1263 cm-l in the a-form and at 1090 cm* in the P-form. 1  Secondly,  the  band  complexity  and  the  lack  of  resolution  in  the  ~600 - 1000 cm-l region of the a-form spectrum is not observed for the |3-form. The similarities between the spectrum of a-CsrTa(S0 F)6] and that of Cs[Nb(SC>3F)6] 3  suggest similar structures and a comparable tendency to form oligomers or polymers for both.  The Raman spectrum of a-Cs|Ta(S03F6)], shown in Figure 5.2, although very similar, is not quite identical to that of Cs[Nb(S03F)6], shown in Figure 4.1. The major difference is the absence of a band at 1106 cm-l, usually assigned to the v(SO) mode of 3  Table 5X Vibrational Frequencies of C^roSCWs+x], with x = 1 or 2  Raman (AV, cm" ) IR (V, cm" ) 1  1  w  1433 -1390  1269 1233  vs w  1263 1221  844 -825  s,b m s,b  1  1425  Raman (AV, cm" ) IR (V, cm" ) 1  s  1220  s m,sh m,sh s,vb  -1415  s,b  1272  s  1255 1215  m,b,sh s  1080 956  vw,b m  1080 955  m s,b m,b  -930  s,vb  m w,b,sh  -840  s,vb  830  s  851  m  -830  682 635  m m,sh  686 656  m w  560  m  569  w  688 660 625 560 m m,sh m  434  m  442  vw  430 420 411  w w,sh  645  m  563 552 436  m m w  406  vw  255 194  m s  413  s s,b,sh s s s  412  m 257 198  s s  Approx. Assign.  1  m  638 610 556 524 435  m,br,sh  IR (V, cm" )  1112 1090 -955  -1120  •  953  2  3  3  1436  Cs [Ta(S03F)7]  p-CsrTa(S0 D6]  CX-CsrTa(S0 F)6]  Vas(S03) Vs (SO3) monodentate v (SO2) bidentate v (0-S0 F) 2  v(S-F) v (Ta-0) + 8(S03F) s  5 (SO3F) VasfTa-O) + 8(S0 F) 3  skeletal and lattice vibrations  150  a-Cs[Ta(S03F)6]  |  1500  1  1  1  1  1  1  1000 WAVE NUMBER (cm-')  -r  1  '  I  500  Figure 5.1. Infrared Spectra of the a- and (J-Form of CsrTa(S0 F)6] from 400 to 1500 cm-l 3  1269  194  953  l  500  844  I000  500  WAVENUMBER (cm ) -1  Figure 5.2. Raman Spectrum of a-CsrTa(S0 F)6] from 100 to 1500 cm-l 3  100  a bidentate SO3F group.21.22 However, bands due to the v(S-F) mode at both 844 cm  -1  and ~825 cm-l (weak, broad shoulder) indicate the presence of two different SO3F groups, which would be expected if both monodentate and bridging bidentate ligands were present. An extremely broad, poorly resolved v(S-F) band is also present in the IR spectrum (Figure 5.1) at about 840 cm-l, which may partly be the result of multiple S-F environments, consistent with the above reasoning.  The simplicity of the IR spectrum of |3-Cs[Ta(S03F6)] suggests the presence of the expected monomeric structure, possibly with octahedrally coordinated tantalum. Unfortunately, a Raman spectrum could not be obtained for this material. Two spectral features appear to argue against the exclusive presence of monodentate groups, namely the shoulders at 1112 and 1090 cm-l, which fall in a region of v(S0 ) modes due to 3  bidentate SO3F groups. However, both Cs2[Sn(S03F)6] and Cs2[Ge(SC*3F)6], where no bridging is expected^ show strong bands at 1091 and 1098 cm-l, respectively, in their Raman spectra.  Both the Raman and IR spectra data of Cs2[Ta(S03F)7] listed in Table 5.1 are simpler than those obtained for Cs2[Nb(S03F)7] in Chapter 4. However, the poor quality of the Raman spectrum necessitates caution. Although both band shapes and positions of Cs2[M(SC3F)7], with M = Nb or Ta, are reasonably similar, the latter displays a smaller degree of band proliferation. Except for the band at 1080 cm-l in both the Raman and IR spectra, there is no additional evidence for any bidentate S Q 3 F groups, as there was in the Cs2[Nb(S03F)7] spectra.  A band at 688 cm-l (BR) and 686 cm-l (Raman) is found for Cs2[Ta(S03F)7] and p-Csrra(S0 F)6] (682 cm-l). This band may be due to a Ta-F stretching mode, although 3  decomposition via SO3 elimination is not apparent from the chemical analysis. Alternatively, this band may be attributed to a combined vibration of v(Ta-0) + 5(S03F), which may occur at this somewhat higher than normal energy as a result of an exclusively monodentate SO3F coordination environment around the metal leading to an increase in the average Ta-0 bond strength. Hence, it is possible that Cs2[Ta(S03F)7] exists with discrete [Ta(S03F)7]2- anionic units, even though the analogous Cs2[Nb(S03F)7] salt appears to involve bidentate SO3F groups.  It is very unfortunate that suitable crystals for X-ray diffraction studies have not been isolable for any of these salts, since it is apparent that vibrational spectroscopy is not quite sufficient for understanding their structure. Nevertheless, vibrational spectra do allow some insight into the coordination of SO3F groups in these salts.  5.C2.b. Other TafSOiFk Derivatives Infrared spectra of products obtained from various attempts to synthesize Ba[Ta(S03F)7] all showed extensive band complexity in the 800 - 1450 cm-l region. This is not too surprising, since the spectrum of analytically pure Ba[Nb(S03F)7], described in Chapter 4, showed comparable band proliferation. Partial decomposition is suggested and the lack of good analytical data precludes any further discussion.  Attempts to obtain Cs3[Ta(S03F)8] via oxidative chloride substitution led to impure materials, as indicated by the presence of CSSO3F vibrational modes at -1400, 1075, 720, and 590  cm-l in the IR spectrum. Metal oxidation yielded products of  uncertain composition and evidence for CSSO3F was again found in the IR spectrum.  154 5.C2.C. TaFj(SOiF) Data from the infrared and Raman spectra of TaF4(S03F) are listed in Table 5.U, while its Raman spectrum is shown in Figure 5.3. Some difficulties are encountered in  Table 5.IL Vibrational Frequencies of TaF4(S03F) Raman (Av, cm" ) 1  1191 1123 1105 1083  w s w,sh m  IR  (V,cm ) 4  Approx. Assignment  1403  m  Vas  1180 1112  s s,b  v  1075  s,sh  895 879  m,sh m,sh  748  vs  725 716 691 671 660 648 620  m m m m vw,sh w vw,b  733 708 684  m m m  663 644 611  m,sh m w  488 470  w w  486 464  w  308 283 268 241 228 220 200  w m,sh m w w w,sh w  (SO3) (S0 ) 3  v(S-F) v (Ta-F) s  v (Ta-F)  +  Vs(Ta-O)  +  8 (S0 F) 3  Vas (Ta-O) + 8 (SO3F)  lattice vibrations  +  torsion modes  155  Figure 5.3. Raman Spectrum of TaF4(S03F) from 190 to 1500 cm-l  arriving at a consistent and convincing interpretation for a number of reasons: (i) The spectra are not optimal; bands at about 1400 and 900 cm- are seemingly too weak to be 1  picked up in the Raman spectrum and SO3F deformation modes found consistendy between 600 and 400 cm-l, regardless of the SO3F group conformation, are not clearly identifiable in either the IR or Raman spectrum, (ii) Precedents like SbF4(S03F)23 or MF2(S03F)2» ' with M = Sn or Ge, are clearly not useful because in all instances the 22 24  central atom has the coordination number six. This is not the case for tantalum nor for the previously discussed niobium.  Thus, NbF2(S03F)3 and fluoro(fluorosulfate)  derivatives of pentavalent uranium serve as more appropriate precedents, (iii) Support from auxiliary structural techniques, such as H9Sn Mdssbauer spectroscopy in the case of tin, are not available for solid state compounds with tantalum as the metal.  There are nevertheless some general observations possible which should be expandable once more examples of this structural type become available. Band positions and intensities in the SO3F stretching region strongly suggest presence of bidentate (less pronounced v(S03) at 1400, 1120 and 1080 cm-l) and tridentate (more prominent bands at 1180 and 1120 cm-l) SO3F " groups. There are two v(S-F) bands at 895 and 879 cm-l, but a clear, unambiguous attribution to either of the two bonding modes is difficult. A Raman band, Av = 748 cm , in the Ta-F stretching region is of remarkably high -1  intensity, suggesting a reasonably symmetric environment for Ta. There is no conclusive evidence for Ta-F-Ta bridging and only terminal Ta-F groups (v(Ta-F) ~ 650-750 cm ) -1  are discernible. The coordination number of Ta appears to be seven or eight but clear distinction is not possible. Finally, in spite of the simple molecular formula TaF4(S03F), the material may be polynuclear with two or more different tantalum atoms in an overall oligo- or polymeric structure.  157 5.D. Conclusion Although it was not possible to isolate Ta(S03F)5 from HSO3F solution, this material was found to be more resilient towards decomposition via SO3 elimimation than Nb(S03F)5. Reaction of solvated Ta(S03F)s with one mole equivalent of (TaFs)4 in HSO3F led to the isolation and vibrational characterization of TaF4(S03F) as an analytically pure, stable, and most likely polymeric solid. The course of reaction (5-6) allows the following concluding remarks to be made:  (i) successful isolation of TaF4(S03F) provides further proof for the initial presence of Ta(SC>3F)5 and for the occurrence of F vs. SO3F exchange in solution; (ii) the solubility of TaF4(S03F) should allow solution studies in HSO3F via 19F NMR; (iii) ligand redistribution is an efficient means of enhancing the solubility of TaFs in HSO3F, resulting in enhanced interest in this solvent system The ternary salts Cs[Ta(S03F)6] and Cs2[Ta(S03F)7J have also been isolated and characterized using IR and Raman spectroscopy. Tentative evidence for the preparation of Cs3[Ta(S03F)8] was gathered but the impure products obtained (with no possibility of purification) precluded its characterization.  Evidence was obtained via vibrational  spectroscopy for the presence of oligomeric tantalates in both the salts a-Cs[Ta(S03F)6] and Cs2[Ta(S03F)7]. Conversely, the p-form of Cs[Ta(S03F)6] appeared to exist with tantalum in the expected octahedral coordination environment  The high solubility of Ta(S03F)5 in HSO3F makes it ideal for a systematic solution study in HSO3F. The next chapter will deal with these studies, which will serve to illustrate, among other- things, to what extent these two species enhance the acidity of the already superacidicfluorosulfuricacid.  158  REFERENCES  1. F. Fairbrother, 'The Chemistry of Niobium and Tantalum", Elsevier, London, 1967. 2. D. Brown, Chemistry of Niobium and Tantalum in "Comprehensive Inorganic Chemistry", Pergamon Press, N.Y., VoLDI, 1973. 3. A J . Edwards, / . Chem. Soc, 3714 (1964). 4. "Handbook of Chemistry and Physics", 57th Edition, R.C. Weast, Ed., C.R.C. Press, U.S.A., 1976-1977. 5. G.A. Olah, G.K.S. Prakash and J. Sommer, "Superacids", J. Wiley & Sons, N.Y., 1985 (and references herein). 6. O.L. Keller, Jr. and A. Chetham-Strode, Jr., Inorg. Chem. 5,367 (1966). 7. N.A. Matwiyoff, L.B. Asprey and W.E. Wageman, Inorg. Chem. 9,2014 (1970). 8. S.P. Mallela, S. Yap, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, Rev. Chim. Min. 23,572 (1986). 9. J.L. Hoard, W.J. Martin, MJ£. Smith and J.F. Whitney, / . Am. Chem. Soc. 76, 3820 (1954). 10. R.B. English, A.M. Heyns and E.C. Reynhard, / . Phys. C: Solid State Phys. 16, 829 (1983). 11. D X Kepert, "The Early Transition Metals", Academic Press, London, Chapt. 3, 1972. 12. H.C. Clark and HJ. Emeleus, / . Chem. Soc, 190, (1958). 13. G.C. Kleinkopf and J.M. Shreeve, Inorg. Chem. 4,607 (1964). 14. E. Hayek, J. Puschmann and A. Czaloun, Montash. Chem. 85, 360 (1954). 15. K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 18,389 (1979). 16. K.C. Lee, Ph.D. Thesis, University of British Columbia, 1980. 17. I.R. Beattie, K.M.S. Livingston, G.A. Ozin and D J . Reynolds, / . Chem. Soc. A., 958 (1969). 18. A.W. Jache, Adv. Inorg. Chem. Radiochem. 16,177 (1974).  159 19. R.C. Thompson, J. Barr, RJ. Gillespie, J.R. Milne and R.A. Rothenbury, Inorg. Chem. 4,1641 (1965). 20. R J. Gillespie and T.E. Peel, Adv. Phys. Org. Chem. 9,1 (1972). 21. K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 23,2124 (1984). 22. S.P. Mallela, K.C. Lee andF. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 23,653 (1984). 23. W.W. Wilson and F. Aubke, / . Fluor. Chem. 13,431 (1979). 24. L.E. Levchuk, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 11,43 (1972).  160 CHAPTER 6 SOLUTION STUDIES IN HSO3F  6.A. INTRODUCTION  Although the high solubility and strong solvation of both Nb(S03F)s and Ta(S03F)5 in HSO3F has prevented their isolation, detailed solution studies in this solvent are possible. The isolation of cesium salts of the type M '[M(S03F)5 ] (x = 1 X  +X  or 2 and M = Nb or Ta) suggested that both M(S03F)s species exist in solution and behave as fluorosulfate acceptors.  Furthermore, the isolation of the species  [M(S03F)7]2- with both metals suggested that Nb(S03F)s and Ta(S03F)s may behave as diprotonic acids in HSO3F.  This characteristic is significant since only one other  diprotonic super acid has been reported in the literature: the HS03F-Pt(S03F)4 system. 1 The solution studies in HS03F-M(S03F)s solutions to be discussed in this chapter will consist of:  (i) Electrical conductivity and conductometric titration measurements; (ii) Hammett acidity (HQ) determination for Ta(S03F)s; (iii) ! H , 19F and 93Nb variable temperature NMR spectroscopy; (iv) Raman spectroscopy.  A brief introduction to each of the sections follows, although some of the basic aspects have already been covered in Chapter 1.  161  (i) Electrical Conductivity Measurements Initial determinations of acidity in HSO3F have previously been obtained using electrical conductivity for the Lewis acids SbFs,2 SbFs»nS03 (n £ 3), NbFs,3 AsFs,3 2  AsF5»nS03 (n < 3), and more recendy, Au(S03F)3 and Pt(S03F)4.i 3  4  Of all these  species, only SbF2(S03F)3 is completely dissociated in HSO3F and therefore ranks as the strongest known acid in HSO3F.24  The determination of a solute's mode of dissociation via conductometry in a given protonic solvent requires two steps:  6  (i) measurement of the solution's  conductivity to establish that the solute behaves as an electrolyte in the solvent and (ii) conductometric titration of the solution with a strong base to determine whether the solute behaves as an acid or a base.  The behaviour of ternary salts in solution can also be investigated in this manner, as has been done previously in HSO3F with potassium salts of the type K [M(S03F) +x], x  n  where x = 1 or 2, n = 3 or 4, and M = Au, Pt,i or Sn.7 These types of salts (derived from 4  strong bases) will be at best neutral but more likely basic, thus providing an additional measure of a superacid's acidity.  (ii) Hammett Acidity (H ) Measurements 0  As stated in Chapter 1, the Hammett Acidity Function (HQ) is the accepted quantitative indicator of acidity in very concentrated aqueous or non-aqueous acids. The definition of HQ is given in Equation (1-9) of Chapter 1. The rehability of this function as an acidity indicator rests primarily on the proper selection of aromatic Hammett base indicators. The very critical pKnH+ value (Equation (1-9)) can be directly obtained for a  given base only in very dilute aqueous acid solutions, - since only then is the Ho scale 8 9  equal to the pH scale. At higher acid concentrations or for non-aqueous acids, a set of indicators of decreasing basicity must be used and the pK-jH+ values calculated from their degree of overlap with each other. Each indicator is only reliable over a range of about 2 log units and therefore a different indicator is necessary per each log unit in order to establish a set of accurate pK-jH* values. These values have been collected for a large 8  range of indicators. A sampling corresponding to the weaker bases in this range is listed 8  in Table l.ffl.  From a set of Hammett bases with known pKuH+ values, a selection can be made to determine the HQ values for a given acid or superacid system. These bases must be selected to provide sufficient overlap between the acidity range over which each base is used. From Equation (1-9), it follows that the term log[BH+]/[B] restricts the range of a given indicator to ±1 log unit, so that three or four different indicators are required to accurately study an acidity range spanning 4 log units.  It has been previously reported . . that the pKfiH+ of a given Hammett indicator 8 9 10  is nearly constant among different solvents of similar acidity and it is therefore unnecessary to determine pKfiH+ for a new solvent system. The determination of Ho for a given acid system then involves the calculation of the ionization ratio, log[BH+]/[B], by using a series of indicators with overlapping acidity detection ranges. Determination of log I may be accomplished via uv/vis spectrophotometry, as described in the upcoming sections 6.B and 6.C.2., or by dynamic NMR spectroscopic methods.  8  163 (iii) Multinuclear Variable Temperature NMR Spectroscopy ofNiobium(V) and Tantalum(V) Superacid Systems The Lewis acids NbFs and TaFs, as well as some respective M^MFs+x (x = 1 or 2) type alkali salts, have been studied via F NMR in aqueous HF solutions of various 19  strengths. -  11 12  Although signals due to both [NbF6]" and [NbF7]2- were observed in  solutions of HF/NbFs, only one signal, attributed to [TaF6]~, was present in the HF/TaFs solutions even when using K2TaF7 as solute.  More detailed F NMR investigations of the [NbFg]" anion in the inert organic 19  solvents acetonitrile  13  and dimethylformamide * have also been reported. 1  Interesting  decet patterns of various temperature-dependent shapes were observed due to coupling of the equivalent, octahedrally coordinated fluorine atoms to Nb, which has a nuclear spin 93  of 9/2. The quadrupole moment of 93Nb ((-0.26 ± 0.6) x IO'  28  i small enough  m2)i5-i7  s  to allow the observation of ligand coupling in compounds of high symmetry. Conversely, the quadrupole moment of  181  T a (I = 7/2) is more than ten times greater,  explaining the uncoupled F signals of [TaF6]" in aqueous HF solutions. 19  12  The 19F NMR spectra of [NbFs(S03F)] and [TaFs(S03F)]- in SO2 at -70 °C _  have also been reported  18  The singlet fluorosulfate fluorine resonance was observed  41.2 ppm downfield from CFCI3 in both cases. In addition, two other singlet signals were observed further downfield in both systems, attributable to cis- and trans-fluorines.  The moderate quadrupole moment, 100% abundance and very high receptivity (third among all the elements, after *H and l F) of 93Nb make symmetric niobium 9  compounds suitable for 93Nb NMR investigations.  Surprisingly, 93Nb is not an  extensively studied nuclide, perhaps.due to the significant line-broadening found for  164 molecules of lower symmetry.  For example, the highly symmetric [NbChj]" hi  acetonitrile gives the smallest reported linewidth (wi/2) of 50 Hz, but NbOCfi, with a lower degree of symmetry, yields linewidths of 1000 Hz. This problem is further illustrated by the unsymmetrical, "open metal sandwich" compound CpNb(CO)4, which is characterized by linewidths approaching 6 kHz.  19  Previous 93Nb NMR studies have frequently involved mixed halogen or oxyhalogen compounds.  19  However, [NbF6]~ has also been studied extensively in  different solvents, such as ethanol, acetonitrile," dimemylformamide.H aqueous HF20 20  and anhydrous HF.n The signals obtained have ranged from septets reflecting the coupling of 93Nb to six equivalent spin 1/2 (19F) nuclides, to singlets of varying linewidths. This solvent dependency has restricted the use of [NbF6]" as a 93Nb NMR reference, although it is the most highly shielded of all species studied to date. Consequently, [NbClfj]" has replaced [NbF6]~ as the most commonly used reference standard in acetonitrile.  15  The chemical shift range for 93Nb NMR is in excess of 2000  ppm. 6 1  Due to its relatively low receptivity (less than 1/10 that of 93Nb) and high quadrupole moment, !8lTa NMR reports are extremely uncommon.* .  5 16  successful report  21  The only  involved a solution of Ta metal dissolved in a 1:1 mixture of  HF/HNO3, in which the extremely broad signal (wi/2 = 36 kHz) observed at ambient temperature was assigned to rTaF6]". Interestingly, 18lTa has the highest quadrupole moment of any nucleus whose NMR signal has been observed in solution.  16  165 (iv) Raman Spectroscopy The study of fluorosulfate compounds in fluorosulfuric acid solutions using vibrational spectroscopy is restricted by the presence of overlapping solvent bands and signal broadening. Nevertheless, the superacid systems HS03F-Au(S03F)3 and HSO3F4  Pt(SC>3F)4i have both been studied in this manner, and it was concluded that coordinatively fully saturated species of the type [Au(S03F)4]" and [Pt(S03F)6]2- were present in solution, results consistent with the respective 19F NMR and electrical conductivity studies. In this report, Raman spectroscopy studies of superacid solutions are used only to verify results obtained from other more primary techniques, such as those mentioned above.  6.B. Experimental 6.B.I. Electrical Conductivity Studies Nb(S03F)5 and Ta(S03F)s solutions in HSO3F were prepared as described in Chapters 4 and 5, respectively, except that HSO3F was distilled directly into the reactors from the distillation apparatus. Following synthesis, the removal of excess S2O0F2 from the solutions was monitored by weight loss, and ensured by obtaining the infrared spectra of the gas phase and Raman or 19F NMR spectra of each solution prior to measuring their conductivities. The M(SC>3F)5-MF5 (M = Nb or Ta) solutions were prepared by distilling first S2O0F2 and then HSO3F onto a 1:1 molar mixture of the respective metal pentafluoride and metal powder. After complete dissolution of all solids, removal of S2O6F2 was ensured as described above.  166 The various potassium salts studied were not isolated, but were studied in situ by obtaining electrical conductivities directly from the S206F2-free solutions. To ensure reproducibility, the experiments described in this section were repeated at least twice.  6.R.2. Hammett Acidity Studies HQ functions were determined in accordance with the procedures described by Gillespie et al.,10^ except for a few minor changes. 2  The apparatus used and the  purification of the aromatic nitro indicators have been described earlier.  Solutions were prepared in the drybox by dissolving 0.01 - 0.02 g. of accurately weighed indicator in a known volume (~2 ml) of the stock acid mixture (~4 - 6 mole % in Ta(S03F)5). An approximately 0.03 ml aliquot was then pipetted into another stock acid mixture of approximately 2 ml volume. After thorough mixing at both dilution stages, solutions were pipetted step-wise into the uv/vis cell described earlier, where they were diluted prior to each measurement by a small volume (~1 ml) of HSO3F of identical indicator concentration.  A reference sample containing the same Ta(S03F)s  concentration as the sample studied was prepared at the same time from the stock acid mixture. Either 5 or 10 ml volumetric flasks were used for the preparation of all the solutions, and 0.2  - 2.0 ml pipets were employed for carrying out transfers.  Reproducibility of the results was tested by carrying out the entire experiment twice.  The Beer-Lambert Law was used to convert absorbance measurements into 23  extinction coefficients:  e =  A  —  CL  (6-1)  167 where: £ = A = L = C=  extinction coefficient (molar absorptivity) absorbance cell path length indicator concentration  6.B.3. Multinuclear NMR and Raman Spectroscopy Studies Experimental methods for these studies were described in part earlier. LiNbFg was used as external reference for the 93Nb experiments and was prepared from a 1:1 mixture of LiF and NbFs in anhydrous HF at room temperature.  The identity of the  sample was checked by X-ray powder (liffraction and by the absence of NbFs bands in 24  the IR spectrum. Furthermore, the F NMR decet line pattern of the material dissolved 19  in propylene carbonate matched the pattern reported for [NbF6]"  m  acetonitrilei3 or  (hmethylformamide.1 LiNbF6 was chosen as the external reference because it yields 4  relatively sharp 93Nb NMR signals in a diverse variety of solvents,  Propylene  carbonate was chosen as the solvent for two reasons: (i) its ability to dissolve >5 molar LiNbF6 and (ii) its compatability with the solute. Free NbFs caused propylene carbonate to polymerize within a few hours, as was evident from the solution's deep red colour and the increase in its viscosity.  All solutions were prepared in the drybox, as described earlier, with solute concentrations made very close to the saturation point. An 8 molal "Ta(SC*3F)5" solution was obtained from a 1.6 M solution by removing HSO3F in vacuo and thus reducing the total weight of the solution below that expected for acid-free Ta(S03F)s. H S O 3 F in the resulting liquid indicated decomposition of Ta(S03F)s.  Residual  168 6.C. Results and Discussion 6.C.I. Electrical Conductivity Studies 6.C.1 .a. Electrical Conductance Measurements The specific conductance data measured for solutions of Nb(S03F)5 and Ta(S03F)5 at 25 °C in the concentration range 0 to 0.05 molal are listed in Table 6.1. Both species behave as electrolytes in HSO3F, as indicated by the concentration dependent increase in their specific conductance. Both solutions were alsotitratedwith  HSO3F solutions of the standard base KSO3F25 to determine their mode of dissociation. The specific conductance data, concentrations and K/M(S03F)s (K = KSO3F, M = Nb or Ta) ratios are listed in Table 6.H. Plots of the measured conductance vs. K/M(S03F)5 ratios are shown in Figure 6.1. although  Both plots pass through a minimum in conductance,  at different acid-base ratios, and the equivalence points occur at an  approximately 1:1 ratio.  Therefore, both Nb(S03F)s and Ta(S03F)s behave as  monoprotonic acids (albeit of different strength) in HSO3F, with Ta(S03F)s the better conductor in the concentration range studied and therefore the stronger acid.  For a completely dissociated monoprotonic acid, the inversion point will occur at a KSO3F/Y (Y = Lewis acid) ratio of 1.00 and will coincide with the point of minimum specific conductance. .  2 4  If the acid is not completely dissociated, the minimum  conductance will occur at a lower K/Y ratio.  In the simplest situation, this can be  expressed by the following equations:  Ki 2HSO3F + Y iv) ^==~ (so  H2S03F+ iv) + [(Y)S03F]-(solv) (so  (6-2a)  HSO3F KSQ3F + H S03F+(solv) 2  > K  +  (so  iv) + 2 H S 0 F 3  (6-2b)  169 Table 6X Specific Conductance Data in HSO3F at 25.00 *C  Nb(S0 F) 3  lO^m, motykg  Ta(S03F)  5  104K, ft-Vcm  102m, moVkg  5  104K, Q-tycm  0  151  0  1.55  0.101  1.92  0.119  2.84  0.338  2.97  0.312  4.79  0.546  3.89  0.566  7.37  0.847  5.29  0.822  9.76  0.867  5.38  1.173  13.12  1.175  6.73  1.541  16.37  1.378  7.79  1.770  18.27  1.648  9.18  2.002  20.23  1.660  9.25  2.276  22.48  1.908  10.57  2.549  24.36  2.200  11.72  2.761  26.50  2.416  12.60  2.915  27.53  2.626  13.48  4.002  36.41  2.827  14.33  3.037  1527  3.275  16.36  3.522  17.44  3.724  18.40  3.914  19.30  4.105  20.18  4.183  20.56  170 Table 6.H. Conductometric Titration of Nb(S03F)s and Ta(S03F)5 with KSO3F in HSO3F at 25.00 °C [Nb], lOhn Mole Ratio,  mol/kg  K/Nb  104K, Q-l/cm  7.18 7.13 7.08 6.98 6.81 6.62 6.55 6.48 6.40 6.29 6.18 6.06 5.97 5.87 5.80 5.64 5.54 5.40 5.26 5.18 5.12  0 0.023 0.042 0.084 0.162 0.258 0.289 0.325 0.367 0.425 0.487 0.559 0.614 0.672 0.718 0.828 0.893 0.994 1.101 1.169 1.215  30.00 28.53 27.44 25.48 22.69 20.69 20.27 19.99 19.71 19.58 19.67 20.01 20.47 20.95 21.41 22.72 23.67 26.69 34.52 40.28 45.45  [Ta], lO-in Mole Ratio,  mol/kg  K/Ta  104K, Q-Vcm  7.62 7.54 7.32 7.15 6.90 6.67 6.46 6.26 6.15 6.01 5.85 5.70 5.63 5.57 5.48 5.41 5.29 5.22 5.09 4.96 4.82  0 0.026 0.092 0.146 0.228 0.313 0.393 0.474 0.520 0.582 0.659 0.734 0.771 0.804 0.849 0.892 0.957 1.002 1.079 1.167 1.261  57.18 51.74 47.56 42.68 39.72 35.59 32.20 28.80 27,60 26.30 24.77 23.25 23.03 22.80 22.64 22.76 23.34 27.22 32.72 40.80 48.85  Since the molal conductance for K (30) at infinite dilution's is a factor of 10 smaller +  than that for H2SO3F+ (320),2 the minimum in specific conductance for a very strong acid, such as SbF2(S03F) 2 or Au(S03F)3,4 occurs when all the H2SO3F+ is replaced by 3  K+. The increase in conductance at the equivalence point is a consequence of the highly mobile SO3F ~ ion (molal conductance of 235) increasing in concentration. A s seen in  171  Figure 6.1. (^nductometric Titration of Nb(S03F)5 and Ta(S03F)s with K S O 3 F in H S O 3 F at 25.00 ' C  Figure 6.1, minimum specific conductances for Nb(S03F)s and Ta(S03F)s occur at K/Y values of 0.43 and 0.85, respectively. This implies that Ta(S03F)s is a stronger acid in HSO3F, but not quite as strong as either SbF2(S03F)32 or Au(S03F)3.4 For SbFs ("Magic Acid"), the minimum conductance occurs at a 0.4 ratio, making it comparable 2  in acid strength to Nb(S(>}F)5. The occurrence of the inversion point at K/Y ratios of slighdy less than 1.00 in the two acid systems studied may be due to trace basic impurities.  The  acidium ion, H2SO3F+ (Equation 6-2a), is the principal contributor to the  electrical conductivity of acids in H S O 3 F , via a proton transfer process.*  Relative  acidium ion concentrations can be evaluated from the slope of a specific conductance vs. Lewis acid concentration plot, which reflects the acid strength in that concentration range. Such a plot is shown in Figure 6.2 for Nb(S03F)s and Ta(S03F)s. Reported conductivity data for the acids Au(S03F)3/» SbF5 and NbFs3 are shown for comparison. 2  The  relative slopes suggest the following order of solute acidity: Au(SG*3F)3 >  Ta(S03F)5 £ SbF > Nb(S03F)s » 5  NbFs. This is reasonably consistent with a ranking  based on conductometrictitrationdata. The curvature of the SbFs plot, attributed to solute association, is not observed for any of the other solutes. From Figure 6.2, it is 2  evident that Nb(S03F)s is a considerably stronger acid than NbFs.3 The low acidity of NbFs has also been attributed in part to its limited solubility in H S O 3 F , presumably due to incomplete acidic dissociation of the tetramer. Comparable conductivity data are not available for TaFs, but its acidity has been measured to be slightly greater than that of NbFs.s This is analogous to the relative acidities of the respective fluorosulfates.  In order to investigate whether F/SO3F exchange occurs in solution between the highly soluble Nb(SQ3F)s and the sightly soluble NbFs, the specific conductance of an  173  0.00  0.01  0.02  0.03  0.04  0.05  0.06  molality (mol/kg)  Figure 6.2. Specific Conductance of Nb(S03F)s, Ta(S03F)5 and Other Lewis Acids in HSO3F at 25.00 ' C (Au(S03F)3: ref.4, SbF : ref.2, NbFs: ref.3) 5  174 equimolar, dilute HSO3F solution of Nb(S03F)s/NbFs was measured. The data are listed in Table 6.IU, along with data obtained for Nb(S03F)s and for NbFs.3 It is noted that the conductance values for the mixed systems fall approximately halfway between those of the two "parent solutes".  Although enhanced solubility of NbFs suggests  F/SO3F  exchange in solution, electrical conductivities are inconclusive in comfinning such behavior. Table 6.HL Specific Conductance Data for the Niobium Systems at 25.00 °C Nb(S0 F) 3  102m mol/kg  S  104K Q-l/cm  Nb(S0 F) - N b F 3  lO-W mol/kg  5  NbFs  5  104K Q-l/cm  IO-TTI  mol/kg  0  104K Q-Vcm  0  1.57  0  1.81  0  1.08  0.101  1.92  0.338  3.71  2.30  3.08  0.546  3.89  0.751  4.89  3.20  2.92  0.867  5.38  1.425  6.22  5.46  3.35  1.378  7.79  2.340  7.56  6.90  3.72  1.660  9.25  3.498  9.03  11.10  4.72  2.200  11.72  4.712  10.48  2.626  13.48  3.037  15.27  3.522  17.44  3.914  19.30  4.183  20.56  ""reference 3 Isolation of the salts Cs2[M(S03F)7], with M = Nb or Ta, suggests that Nb(S03F)5 and Ta(S03F)5 behave as diprotonic acids in HSO3F, in spite of the results from the conductometrictitrations,which classify them as monoprotonic Lewis acids that dissociate to form the anion rM(S03F)6]"(solv) in solution (see Equation 6-2a). However,  it must be remembered that the heptakis(fluorosulfato) metallates are obtained with an excess of the base ion SO3F " present, whereas only a weakly basic medium is generated during the acid-base titrations. Furthermore, the second dissociation step to form the [M(S03F)7]2-( iv) species may involve a much smaller equilibrium constant than K i so  (see Equation 6-2a). Analogous to these findings, the systems HF-NbFs and HF-TaFs are viewed as monoprotonic acids in HF - ^ even though salts like K2NbF7 and K2TaF7 8  26  7  exist.28.29 Hence, the superacid system HS03F-Pt(S03F)4i remains the only diprotonic superacid system known thus far. To gain further insight, specific electrical conductance measurements were obtained for solutions of K[Ta(S03F)6], K2[Nb(S03F)7] and K2[Ta(S03F)7] and the data are listed in Table 6.IV. Potassium was used instead of cesium as countercation in these studies for two reasons: (i) cesium salts show limited solubility in HSO3F and (ii) transport numbers and molal conductances in HSO3F are known * for K+ but not for Cs+, allowing more accurate interpretation of the data. The 2  greater conductance of the K2[Ta(S03F)7] salt in solution relative to K[Ta(S03F)6] suggests the presence of more ions in the former solution, as would be expected. Furthermore, the conductance values of K2[Nb(S03F)7] and K2[Ta(S03F)7] are very comparable, in spite of the difference in acidity between Nb(S03F)s and Ta(S03F)s.  To confirm that [Ta(S03F)6]~ and K+ are the only conducting species at the equivalence (or inversion) point of the acid/base titration, conductance data of K[Ta(S03F)6] were interpolated to the concentration present at the endpoint in the titration. The value of 22.14 ohnHcm-l obtained agrees within experimental error (± 1-2 ohm^cm-l) with thetitrationvalue of 23.40 ohm-lcm-1.  176 Table 6.IV. Specific Conductance of K[Ta(S03F)6] and K2[M(S03F)7], with M = Nb or Ta, in HSO3F at 25.00 ' C  K[Ta(S0 F) ] 3  10^  6  104K,  K [Nb(S03F) ]  K [Ta(S03F)7]  2  2  104K,  I O V  mol/kg  Q-Vcm  mol/kg  0.363  2.61  0.109  0.710  4.74  1.044  I O V  7  104K,  mol/kg  Q-l/cm  2.57  0.140  3.66  0.443  9.74  0.510  11.87  5.95  0.758  17.00  1.045  23.87  1.522  8.47  1.112  26.10  1.492  33.05  1.996  10.01  1.598  39.07  1.899  41.91  2.447  11.97  2.095  49.33  2.375  51.17  2.960  14.43  2.816  64.10  3.001  61.99  3.557  16.97  3.268  73.14  3.492  70.81  4.139  18.99  4.164  87.71  3.959  76.15  4.642  20.96  4.616  95.21  4.681  87.70  5.076  21.79  5.384  22.62  5.725  23.24  ft-Vcm  6.C.l.b. Interpretation of Electrical Conductivity Data If it is assumed that the conductivity of dilute solutions containing strong electrolytes varies linearly with electrolyte concentration, it is then possible to calculate the specific conductance for any given solution to a good approximation by the expression:  K = 10- IX* mn  (6-3)  3  n  where V  n  n  = 1000Ki /m is the molal conductance and K i on  on  is the specific conductance  (ohm-lcm-l) of an individual ion n at a concentration m (mol kg-1).  Before Equation (6-3) could be used to generate calculated specific conductance curves for the various systems studied, it was first necessary to obtain the X,* values for the solvated [(Y)S03F]~ species in Equation (6-2a), with Y being Nb(S03F)s or Ta(S03F)5. These were calculated from each species' specific conductance value at the equivalence point, since the only conducting species in solution have been shown to be K+ and [(Y)S03F]~; the very small contribution of 1 x IO ohm-lcm-1 resultingfromthe -4  solvent's autoprotolysis was also accounted for. Molal conductances for K+ were 5  calculated at any desired concentration in the range 0 ~ 0.1 m from previously reported values and transport number derivations.  25  Using Equation (6-3), the X* values for  [Nb(S03F)6]" and [Ta(S03F)6]" were estimated to be 20 for 0.054 m [Nb(S03F)6]" and 19 for 0.052 m [Ta(S03F)6]~. These values are in reasonable agreement with values of 23 and 13 found previously for 0.029 m [Au(S03F)4]" and 0.084 m [SbFs(S03F)]-, respectively. . -  2 30 31  Although the molal conductance of any conducting species should  theoretically decrease with an increase in concentration (and ionic strength),  25  calculations for the Au(S03F)3 superacid system have shown that in the concentration 30  range 0 - 0.05 m, the A.*([Au(S03F)4]~) value decreases by only about 4%, which is comparable to the minimum experimental error associated with these measurements and hence is not significant. Consequently, the above values were used for all concentrations encountered in this study.  Although not completely correct, the assumption that  2X*([(Y)S03F]") - A,*([(Y)S03F]2-) is also adequately accurate for the purpose of these studies, since the calculated specific conductance values are much more sensitive to X*(H.2S0 F+) than they are to X,*([(Y)S03F]"), except near thetitrationequivalence 3  points.  2  Equation (6-2a) earlier displayed the simplest possible dissociation equilibrium of a monomeric Lewis acid in HSO3F. Letting m be equal to the molality of the given  178 Lewis acid and x to the molality of H2SO3F+ (which in turn is equal to the molality of [(Y)S03F]"), the acidic dissociation constant in Equation (6-2a) can be expressed as:  Ki =  x  2  (m-x)  mol kg"  (6-4)  1  Incorporating Equations (6-3) and (6-4), and assuming that X*(H2S03F+) = 320 in the concentration range 0-0.1 m, best fits of Ki to experimental data are shown as curves A 2  in Figures 6.3 and 6.4 for the Nb and Ta systems, respectively. The values of Ki in each case are tabulated in Table 6.V, together with values calculated previously for HSO3FAu(SC-3F)330.3i and the "Magic Acid" system, HS03F-SbF5, for comparison. The 2  calculated curves fit the data of both acids only at concentrations below about 0.01 m; beyond this concentration, the Ki value would have to increase rapidly to account for the measured conductances.  A similar concentration dependency of Ki reported for the 2  SbFs system was not nearly as pronounced as in either of the systems studied here. Furthermore, the magnitude of the Sb system's Ki value (see Table 6.V) is quite comparable to that of the Ta system and considerably higher than that of the Nb system. Some deviation from theory may be expected as a result of modelling the conductivity of partially dissociated acids on concentrations rather than activities of the ions involved, but the deviation would be expected to be much smaller than observed here, especially over the dilute concentrations studied  2  The curve in Figure 6.5 illustrates a close fit of Ki (recorded in Table 6. V) to the conductance data of the stoichiometrically mixed Nb(S03F)s/NbF5 solution. The slight deviation at the lower concentrations may be explained by the presence of some basic  Table 6.V.  Calculated Ionization Equilibrium Constants for Various Association Models in HSO3F at 25.00 *C  Acid System  Concentration (mol/kg)  K  -  -  -  -  -  1.5  0.50  5.0  0.050-0.080  5.2  -  6.7*  0 - 0.050  3.0  3.3*  • Nb(S0 F)5/KS03F  0.055 - 0.075  1.5  Ta(S0 F)5  0-0.045  Ta(S0 F)5/KS03F Au(S0 F)3  3  3  fl  3  Au(S0 F)3/KS03F-  0.030 - 0.050  SbFj*  0-0.085  3  103K15 (m) 2.8*  0.23  3  103K14 (m)  1.8  0-0.050  3  3  0.70  Nb(S0 F)5/NbF5  5  103Ki (m)  -  0.36  3  103K12 (m)  -  0 - 0.045  Nb(S0 F)  2  (m)  51 3.7  0.007*  24  -  15* 10  —  2.2*  -  -  *ref. 31, «ref. 2 ("K2" obtained by fitting K i and K simultaneously); *best fitting model for given acid system 2  —  -  180  25-,  20 -\  15 H  10 /c 4  nv -y1 c m 10 H  Legend  • DATA  Kj=0 00036 _m ;  "KVJ*-0.00076 m K, =0.0028 m 5  0.00  0.01  0.02  0.03  MOLALITY [moles/kg  0.04  0.05  HS0 F] 3  Figure 6.3. Best Fits to Experimental Specific Conductance Data of Nb(S03F)s in HSO3F at 25.00 °C  10 « 4  f,T- 1' / c m  Legend  • DATA Ki-0.0015 m K 3"0.015 m t  K -0.50 2  0.00  0.01 0.02 0.03 MOLALITY [rpoles/kg  0.04  0.05  HS0 F] 3  Figure 6.4. Best Fits to Experimental Specific Conductance Data of Ta(SC>3F)5 in HSO3F at 25.00 *C  181  Figure 6.5. Best Fit to Experimental Specific Conductance Data of Nb(S03F)5-NbFs Equimolar Mixture in HSO3F at 25.00 *C  182 impurities in the solution, as indicated by the slightly enhanced background conductance from the expected solvent value of 1.1 x IO" ohm-lcm-U In spite of the large difference 4  in conductance (and therefore acidity) found between Nb(SC>3F)5 and NbFs, the best fitting 103Ki = 0.23 m value to the mixed system's data is not much lower than that of 103Ki = 0.36 m found for Nb(S<>-F)5 at concentrations of < 0.01 m. This, and the poor fit of K i to the latter system's data at all but the lowest concentrations, are indicative of ligand exchange between NbFs and Nb(S03F)s in the mixed system. It also suggests that both Nb(S03F)5 and Ta(S03F)s undergo a more complex acidic dissociation in HSO3F.  The formation of polymeric or polynuclear acids at higher concentrations has previously been held responsible for the increase in acidity at higher concentrations of both the SbFs "Magic Acid" system and aqueous H F solutions.  2  To test for similar  behaviour in the Nb(S03F)s and Ta(S03F)s systems, their conductivity data were modelled according to the simplest oligomeric equilibrium for acidic dissociation, in which the Lewis acid exists as a dimer in solution according to: K  2  2 M(S0 F)5 + 2 H S O 3 F ^="= H2S03F+ i (so  3  m-2x  HSO3F  v)  + [[M(S03F)5]2S03F]-(solv)  x  (6-5)  x  with m and x defined as in Equation (6-4) and K2, the dimeric acidic dissociation constant, defined as: x2  K =  (6-6)  2  (m-2x)2 Using Equation (6-3) and (6-5), the best fit of K2 to experimental data was obtained for Ta(SC«3F)5 as shown by curve B in Figure 6.4. Although this fit is closer than the best K i fit obtained earlier, it is not yet an accurate fit, indicated in part by the surprisingly large  183 value of K2 = 0.5 obtained here. Fitting the data of Nb(S03F)s in this manner was not attempted due to the poor nature of the Ta system's fit. An accurate fit using this model simultaneously with the model shown in Equation (6-4) has been obtained previously with 103K2 = 7 for the SbF system (at concentrations between -0.02 and 2 m).  2  5  Au(S03F)3 has displayed even more interesting behavioural  When the conductivity of  "in situ" solutions was measured directly without first isolating the solid Lewis acid, a good monomeric fit was obtained with 102Ki = 5.1 m in the concentration range 0 - 0.05 m, indicating very high acidity. Yet when solid Au(S03F)3 was first isolated and then redissolved in HSO3F, a reasonably accurate dimeric fit to the data with K2 = 3.3 was obtained in the same concentration range, suggesting nearly complete acidic dissociation. The dimeric dissociation constants for all these systems are also listed in Table 6.V. SbF2(S03F)3 was found to dissociate completely along a dimeric pathway, but evidence for the co-existence of complete monomeric dissociation was also reported, and 2  equilibrium between the two has been postulated to best describe the system.  The failure to fit the data for both Nb(SC>3F)5 and Ta(S03F)s to either monomeric or dimeric models at low concentrations suggested that perhaps both may be more strongly associated. Support for this argument also comes from Raman spectroscopy and NMR solution studies discussed later in this chapter. A more general approach to the problem is to combine a monomeric dissociation constant with any n * degree oligomeric dissociation constant by obtaining the product of Equation (6-4) with a generalized form of Equation (6-6) and simplifying, with the following results: x4 KiK  n  =  forn£2 (m-x)(m-nx)n  (6-7)  184 By introducing the term K i and letting (Ki ) = n  n  mol kg-2  2  2  (m-nx)2 the following is obtained: Kin = [KiKn(m-x)(m-nx)n-2]l/2 =  mol kg  (6-8)  -1  (m-nx) This produces a workable method which can describe acidic dissociation of a Lewis acid in HSO3F in terms of a combined oligomeric/monomeric dissociation constant, K i . n  Moreover, the dependency of its magnitude on acid concentration is explicidy expressed; such a dependency has previously been suggested for the SbFs and SbF2(S03F)3 systems, but never explicitly formulated.10 The greatest limitation of Equation (6-8) is that it does not allow modelling of conductivity data for highly dissociated acids ( K - » ° o ) n  with n > 2, since nx/m rapidly approaches and then exceeds unity, at which stage K i  n  becomes undefined. Fortunately, neither of the two systems discussed here fall into this category. In addition, the model does not represent the exact degree of oligomerization, but merely the relative degree of oligomerization among different acids.  Using Equations (6-3) and (6-8), the best fits to the Nb(S03F)s and Ta(S03F)s conductance data, at least in the concentration range 0 - 0.045 m, were found to be 103Ki5 = 2.8 m and 102Ki3 = 1.5 m, respectively, shown as curves C in Figures 6.3 and 6.4. For comparison purposes, the best fit of K13 to the Nb(S03F)s data is also shown by curve B in Figure 6.3 and is clearly inadequate. It appears that Nb(S03F)s is more highly polymerized than Ta(S03F)s, but the latter is a significantly stronger acid, as would be expected from the previous section's results. Interestingly, the ratio of the best fitting constants for the two systems, K13/K15 ~ 5, is in very good agreement with the earlier found (at lower concentration) K i value ratio of about 4, indicating that the relative  strength of the two acids does not change significantly with concentration.  These  dissociation constants are recorded in Table 6.V, together with a few best fit values for different degrees of oligomerization, clearly of inferior quality to the ones discussed above.  To test the validity of these dissociation constants, similar treatment was given to the acid/basetitrationdata* The Lewis acid concentration of these solutions spanned a range of ~0.05 - 0.08 m, beginning approximately where the previous solutions left off. Slight amendments were made to Equation (6-4) and (6-8) to account for the presence of KSO3F in solution, as follows: x(x+z) Ki = — m-x-z  mol kg"  (6-9)  1  x(x+z) Kin =  mol kg'  (6-10)  1  m-nx-z In the above equations, z represents the molality of KSO3F. Since KSO3F is completely dissociated in HSC>3F,25 these constants have exactly the same physical definition as before.  The best fitting K i values to data were calculated for KS03F/Nb(S03F)s and KS03F/Ta(S03F)5 using Equations (6-3) and (6-9). They are listed in Table 6.V and plotted in Figures 6.6 and 6.7, respectively. Both fits are seen to be at best satisfactory, with their respective values of 1.5 x 10" m and 5.2 x 10" m being approximately four 3  3  times greater than found earlier in the 0 - 0.01 m concentration range.  186  60-i  Legend • DATA Ki-0.0015 m K 0.2  0.4  0.6  -0.0022* m  14  1.4  08  MOLE RATIO [K/Nb]  Figure 6.6. Best Fits to Experimental Conductometric Titration Data of Nb(S03F)s with KSO3F in HSO3F at 25.00 "C  10V  n.-1y c m  Legend »  DATA K j - 0 . O ) 5 2 _ m  k" K  0.6  0.8  1 2  1  3  =6.0067 m =0.010  1  MOLE RATIO [K/Ta] Figure 6.7. Best Fits to Experimental Conductometric Titration Data of Ta(S(>-F)5 with KSO3F in HSO3F at 25.00 *C  m  Better fits to the two acid systems'titrationdata were obtained from Equations (6-3) and (6-10). 103Ki4 = 2.2 m clearly gives the best fit to the KS03F/Nb(S03F)s data, in reasonably good agreement with 103Ki4 = 1.8 m and 103Kis = 2.8 m determined earlier for the Nb(S03F)s system at lower concentrations, and is shown in Figure 6.6. Choosing betweenfitsfor the KS03F/Ta(S03F)s system is more difficult. Both 103Ki2 = 6.7 m and 102Ki3 = 1.0 m (plotted in Figure 6.7) give reasonably goodfits,but neither is as good as the optimalfitto the Nb analog, partially due to more random scatter in the tantalum system's data.  K12 does however appear to offer a marginally better fit,  indicating more dimeric than trimeric character at these concentrations.  Again, both  values again agree quite well with the respective 103Ki2 = 5.0 m and 10 Ki2 = 1.5 m 2  values found at lower concentrations for this system.  The validity of the different acidic dissociation models presented and the accuracy of the fits shown should now be briefly considered. It appears that a simple monomeric acidic dissociation equUibrium (see Equation (6-4)) best describes both acids' conductivity data at concentrations below about 0.01 m (103Ki(Ta) = 1.5 m > 104Ki(Nb) = 3.6 m). The same model has also been reported to best describe the conductivity of both SbFs and Au(S03F)33i at these very low concentrations. 2  These values also  represent the approximate dissociation constants at infinite dilution.  At higher  concentrations, the dissociation process becomes more complicated, since different models appear tofitbetter at different concentrations (see Table 6.V and Figures 6.4 6.7).  By calculating the % error between the best calculated fits and the observed  conductance data according to:  % Deviation from data =  Kobs • Kcalc Kcalc  x 100  (6-11)  188 and plotting it vs. concentration for both sets of data discussed earlier, a more explicit indication of each model's accuracy in the approximate concentration range 0.01 - 0.08 m is obtained. These plots are shown as Figures A . l - A.4 in the Appendix for Nb(SC>3F)5 and Ta(SQ3F)s as well as for theirtitrationdata. A few general trends can be seen and conclusions drawn from the information contained in the plots:  (i)  In the concentration range 0.01 ~ 0.035 m, the combined pentamer/monomer  equUibrium, with 103Ki5 = 2.8 m, best describes the acidic dissociation of Nb(S03F)s whereas at higher concentrations, this dissociation is surprisingly best represented by the tetrameric/monomeric model, with 103Ki4 = 1.8 - 2.2 m, depending on the exact concentration. Hence, the only conclusion that can be reached is that Nb(S03F)s appears to exist as a highly oligomerized weak acid in HSO3F solutions spanning the -0.01 - 0.08 m concentration range.  (ii)  Over the whole concentration range 0.01  - 0.08  m, both the combined  trimer/monomer and dimer/monomer acidic dissociation equilibria give comparably good descriptions of the acidic dissociation of Ta(S03F)s in HSO3F: IO2K13 = 1.5 m and 10 Ki2 = 5.0 - 6.7 m (depending on the exact concentration), respectively. While 3  Ta(S03F)5 behaves as a significantly stronger acid in HSO3F than Nb(S03F)s, its degree of oligomerization is somewhat smaller over this concentration range.  (iii)  When K i and Ki( +i) give approximately the same fit to data at a given n  n  concentration, the magnitude of the latter is always greater for both systems, suggesting that acid strength does indeed increase with the degree of polymerization. This trend has been suggested previously by Gillespie et al. .' 2  0  189 (iv) A significant degree of experimental error in the Ta(S03F)5 system'stitrationdata made the interpretation of its % error plots somewhat difficult; computer generated curve averaging techniques were of great help here, as evidenced from Figure A.4 in the Appendix.  It is unfortunate that the calculation of K from K i at a given concentration is n  n  not possible, since K j is itself very concentration dependent (see Table 6.V). However, an increase in the magnitude of K12 is accompanied by a decrease in K13 with increasing concentration for the Ta(S03F)s system, while the accuracy of the constants' description of the system's behaviour remains comparable.  This suggests that at higher  concentration K12 may equal K13 and a single acidic dissociation constant, Ka, may be used to express the acidity of the Ta(S03F)5 system, derived as follows:  Given that K12 = K13, then from Equation (6-8): [KiK (m-x)]l/2 = [KiK (m-x)(m-3x)]l/2 2  3  (6-12)  with m and x as previously defined. Letting K = K12 = K13, the following is obtained: a  Ka2 = K2(m-x) = K3(m-x)(m-3x)  (6-13)  Using Equation (6-6), the simplest form of K can be expressed as: a  K  a  =  x2(m-x) 1/2 (m-2x)2  mol / kg- /4 3  4  3  (6-14)  It must be remembered that the above dissociation model is based on the assumption that K12 and K13 will converge at some concentration > 0.1 m in the Ta(S03F)s acid system.  190 At very low concentrations of < 0.01 m, the following acidity ranking can be established amongst the strongest known monoprotonic acids in HSO3F, based on their optimal K i values listed in Table 6.V: SbF (S03F)32 > SbFs £ Au(SO F) 30^i > Ta(S03F) > Nb(S03F)s 2  2  3  5  3  At concentrations between 0.01 m and 0.1 m, the order of acid strength is somewhat different, based on the various dissociation constants K and K i n  n  (2 ^ n <; 5), also listed  in Table 6.V: SbF (S03F)3 > Au(S03F) > Ta(S03F)5 > SbF > Nb(S03F) 2  3  5  5  Finally, the apparent degree of oligomerization (or polymerization) at low concentrations assumes the order Nb(S0 F) > Ta(S03F)5 > Au(S0 F)3 ~ SbF (S0 F) ~ SbF 3  5  3  2  3  3  5  This is somewhat surprising, since the antimony systems have been reported to undergo oligomerization via both F and SO^F bridges.2.9 whereas the other three systems can only bridge via the latter. The complexity of the antimony systems . .io would nevertheless be 2 8  expected to alter the above "polymerization ranking" at higher concentrations.  Oligomerization of Nb(S03F)s and Ta(S03F)s in HSO3F is not completely surprising, since most of the Cs [M(S03F)5 x] (x = 1 or 2) type salts described earlier x  +  appear to involve bridging fluorosulfate groups between metal centers, as do the two fluorofluorosulfates NbF2(S03F) and TaF4(S03F). Moreover, the analogous fluorides, 3  MF5, exist as tetramers in solid state with both metals.32 An important assumption that has been made throughout this that A.*([(Y)S03FT) ~ X,*([(Y) S03F]") which is n  in turn based on the assumption that both are involved in hydrogen bridging to HSO3F and will conduct, like the self-ionization ions SO3F" and H2S03F+.5 by a proton transfer mechanism The assumption is therefore accurate enough for the purpose of these studies.  6.C.1.C The fMfSOiFhV- - fM(SOiF)*r Equilibrium Systems (M = Nb or Ta) To establish further the validity of the previous sections' calculations, the conductance data of K[Ta(S03F)6] listed in Table 6.IV of Section 6.C.l.a is fitted with data calculated from Equation (6-3) and the following complete ionization equation: K<i  O Q  K[Ta(S0 F) ] 3  > K+  6  (solv)  + [TatfC-^"^*)  (6-15)  HSO3F  The calculated Kd =  0 0  curve is shown in Figure 6.8 together with the experimental data.  Except at concentrations > 0.05 m, the fit is extremely good, indicating that [Ta(S03F)6]~ does not undergo any significant basic dissociation, similar to the [Pt(S03F)6] anion in 2_  the HSO3F - Pt(S03F)4 superacid system.! The reduced accuracy of the fit at the higher concentration is probably due to non-ideal behaviour, as would be expected for more concentrated electrolytic solutions. Even a minimal degree of basic dissociation would result in higher, not lower, experimental values than calculated from Equation (6-15), due to the much larger relative mobility of SO3F " over either K or [Ta(S03F)6]".25 The +  monomeric nature of [Ta(S03F)6]" shown in Equation (6-15) is not too surprising, since in either weakly basic or weakly acidic solutions, monomeric dissociation fits have been found to be at least as good as oligomeric ones at representing the solution behaviour of  192  Figure 6.8. Specific Conductance of K[Ta(S03F)6] in HSO3F at 25.00 ' C  193  Ta(S03F)s. K[Nb(S03F)6] is believed to behave in a very similar fashion (see previous two sections).  To address the apparent inconsistency between the measured monobasic acidity of both Nb(S03F)5 and Ta(S03F)5 and the isolation of analytically pure salts of the type Cs2[M(S03F)7] with both metals, two equilibria were established by comparing measured with calculated conductance values.  The simplest ionization equilibrium  according to:  K<1  K [M(S03F) ] 2  >  7  2K+ lv) + [M(S0 F) ]23  (so  7  (6-16)  (solv)  HSO3F  was found to be inadequate, since the calculated conductance values were much lower at a given concentration than the measured values. The basic dissociation equilibrium: Kb 2K+( iv) + [ M ( S 0 F ) ] 2 S0  3  7  ( s o  i  2 K+ + [M(S03F) ]-(solv) + S 0 3 F - o i ) (6-17)  v )  6  (S  v  HSO3F  was found to describe the system more satisfactorily.  The above equation can be  simplified, since two moles of K+ are present on both sides of the equilibrium, to the following:  [M(S03F) ]2m-x 7  (solv)  Kb ^== [M(S03F)6]-(solv) + S03F-(solv) HSO3F x x  where: m = molality of K2[M(S03F) ] x = molality of [M(S03F)oT = molality of SO3F ~ M= Nb or Ta 7  (6-18)  194 Using previously reported A*(SC>3F ~) valueszs and then letting X*([M(SC>3F)7]2-) = 2 x X*([M(S03F)6]") and [K ] = 2 x [K [M(S03F)7]], Equation (6-3) was used together +  2  with:  Kb =  mol kg-  (6-19)  1  (m-x) to calculate the best fits of 102Kb = 2.4 m and 102Kb = 4.1 m for the Nb and Ta systems, respectively. Both calculated curves are shown together with their respective data in Figure 6.9. Both fits appear to be very good over the 0 ~ 0.05 m concentration range, indicating that a substantial amount of [M(S03F)6]~ is present in both solutions; for example,  at  initial  concentrations  of  0.04  m  K2[M(S03F)7],  the  [Nb(S03F)6]7[Nb(S03F)7]2- mole ratio present in solution is 1.13 (53% [Nb(S03F)6D while the [Ta(S03F)6]7[Ta(S03F) ]2- ratio is 1.65 (62% [Ta(S03F)6]"). At a lower 7  concentration of 0.02 m, the respective amounts of [M(S03F)6]~ in solution are an even higher 65 and 74 mole %.  It is now easier to understand the apparent inconsistency between the type of acidic behaviour of these systems and the salts isolated from them. In the absence of very bulky cations such as Cs+ or Ba2+, [M(S03F)7]2- dissociates mainly to [M(S03F)6]", even in a highly basic environment. This explains why salts could not be isolated with the smaller cations K+ or Li+, since they are not able to delocalize adequately the negative charge of the anion. Furthermore, the higher Kb value found for the Ta system may explain the failure to isolate analytically pure Ba[Ta(S03F)7] and the difficulty encountered during the synthesis of Cs2[Ta(S03F)7] relative to the Nb analog.  195  0.00  0.01  0.02  0.03  0.04  molality, (mol/kg)  Figure 6.9. Specific Conductance of K2[Nb(S03F)7] and K [Ta(S03F)7] in HSO3F at 25.00 *C (solid lines indicate best fits- see text) 2  Although the dissociation pathways shown in Equations (6-15) and (6-18) deal strictly with monomeric species, oligomerization of the anions in solution cannot be completely ruled out, in light of the structural information obtained for the isolated salts in Chapters 4 and 5. However, the formation of a significant concentration of oligomers is not consistent with the accuracy of the fit to data obtained from Equation (6-15). On the other hand, calculations using Equilibrium (6-18) would not be affected even if oligomerization was accounted for, provided the degree of oligomerization remained equal on both sides of the equilibrium; in other words, this type of equilibrium is not suitable as a "polymerization indicator".  It appears that the Nb(S03F)s and Ta(S03F)s superacid systems are surprisingly complex even at low concentrations (< 0.1 m). They exist in various concentrationdependent stages of polymerization, and yield multi-component equilibrium systems in the presence of basic additives. To investigate the acidic behaviour of the stronger of the two systems at higher concentrations, the Hammett Acidity Function of the HSO3FTa(S03F)5 system was obtained and is discussed in the next section. Based on the noted complexity, a simple monomeric dissociation equilibrium is not expected to adequately describe the acidic behavior of this system at higher concentrations.  6.C.2. The Hammett Acidity Function of the HSO^F-Ta(SQ-F)s System 6.C2.a. Determination ofH Values 0  The aromatic nitro indicators 2,4-dinitrofluorobenzene (DNFB) and 2,4,6trinitrotoluene (TNT) were chosen because both exist in mono- and diprotonated forms in very strong acid solutions, with an effective acidity range of about 6 HQ log units. 10.22  197 Before Equation (1-9) of Chapter 1 could be used to calculate the H Q values of various Ta(S03F)s solutions, it was necessary to calculate the respective ionization ratios, I, according to:  I =  [BH+]  e -e =— [B] e - etBH+j B  (6-20)  where: [B] = concentration of neutral indicator [BH+] = concentration of protonated indicator £B = extinction coefficient of neutral indicator B EBH+ = extinction coefficient of protonated indicator BH+ £ = measured extinction coefficient of solution Previously determined values* of £B and £BH+ were used; these were obtained at 0  wavelengths where BH+ showed maximum absorption. The £ values were measured at these same wavelengths, whose exact positions were slightly dependent on the Ta(S03F)5 concentration in solution. This dependency constituted the primary limitation on the accuracy of the measurements obtained.  Since the absorptions due to the  individual nitro groups of these indicators are essentially independent, three peaks were 10  observed in the more concentrated solutions' spectra: one due to unprotonated nitro groups, another due to the first protonated nitro group and the last a result of the second protonated nitro group. The wavelength maxima of these three peaks are at a reasonable separation, and resolution of the peaks was therefore adequate enough to allow subtraction of the first protonated nitro group's overlapping absorption from that of the second protonated group's absorption, and thus allowing the calculation of [BH2+]/[BH+] according to Equation (6-20). Previously determined £BH+ and £BH2+ values, obtained 10  at the wavelength of maximum BH + absorptions, were again used. 2  Extinction  coefficients for the neutral and protonated bases, A-max values, pKfiH+ values and -log I 10  values for the four indicators and various Ta(SQ3F)s solutions are listed in Tables A.I  198  and A.n of the Appendix. Where the log I value approaches or exceeds ± 1 for any of the indicators, a second indicator has been used for verification.  It has previously been shown that all four indicators form a consistent set, although - H Q values above about 17 diminish in accuracy. Furthermore, the behaviour of the protonated indicators DNFBH+ and T N T H has been previously demonstrated to be +  adequately similar to that of other non-protonated indicators to justify their treatment as Hammett bases.  10  6.C2.b. The Acidity ofHSOiF - TafSOiFk Table 6.VI lists the -Ho values of Ta(SC*3F)5 in HSO3F up to a concentration of 3.37 mole %. The acidity of HSO3F is seen to increase with Ta(S03F)s concentration.  Table 6.VI. The Hammett Acidity of Ta(S03F)s in H S O 3 F at 2 0 °C [Ta(S0 F) ], mole % 3  5  -H  0  Indicator  0  15.07  DNFB, TNT  0.055  15.55  DNFB.TNT  0.154  16.07  TNT  0.318  16.73  TNT, DNFBH+  0.913  18.03  DNFBH+  1.25  18.36  DNFBH+, TNTH+  1.80  18.58  TNTH+  2.11  18.71  TNTH+  3.37  18.91  TNTH+  Higher concentrations of Lewis acid were not suitable for study due to various experimental restrictions, among them problems encountered when trying to quickly dissolve more Ta metal powder in the S2O6F2/HSO3F mixtures.  The reaction times  needed were too long, leading to contamination from a slow leakage of air into the reactor or from trace amounts of grease dissolved in the media. It was found that only reactions of less than about 5 days' duration led to reproducible H Q values.  The plot of -Ho VS. mole % Lewis acid is shown in Figure 6.10 for Ta(S03F)s, and for the two strong Lewis acids SbFs ("Magic Acid") and SbF2(S03F) The principal feature of the plot is that beyond a concentration of about 1 mole %, Ta(S03F)s appears to be at least as strong as SbF2(S03F)3. The second striking feature worth noting is that compared to either SbFs or SbF2(S03F)3, the rate of -Ho increase is considerably less for Ta(S03F)5 in the 0 ~ 1 mole % range, whereas beyond this concentration, it is equal or even greater.  Both features of the Ta(S03F)s acidity can be explained. Its unexpectedly high value at concentrations beyond ~1 mole % (-0.1 m) has already been predicted by the conductance results of Section 6.C.1, which revealed the oligomeric nature of this system in addition to a ten-fold increase of its acidic dissociation constant with a similar increase in concentration (from 0.01 to 0.1 m). By extrapolation of the conductivity results, the acidic dissociation constant, Ka, for Ta(S03F)s should be of the order of 2 x IO" m at 2  1 mole % and 1 x 10" m at 5 mole %. From the previously estimated concentration of 1  H2S0 F+ in 100% 3  HSO3F and  its -Ho value, the idealized Equations (6-21) and (6-22)io  shown at the top of page 201 can be used to estimate Ka for Ta(S03F)s in HSO3F at any given concentration. [H2SO3F+] is equal to [Ta(S03F)6~] in the latter Equation.  200  MOLE % LEWIS ACID  Figure 6.10. Hammett Acidity of Ta(SC>3F)5, SbFs (ref.10) and SbF2(SC>3F)3 (ref. 10) in HSO3F at Ambient Temperature  201 -HQ = l o g [ H S 0 3 F ] + 18.79  (6-21)  +  2  rH2SQ3F+][Ta(S03F)6-] a  "  [Ta(S03F)5]  (6-22)  mol kg"  A plot of K vs. Ta(SC>3F)5 concentration is shown in Figure 6.11. Ka increases steeply a  at concentrations greater than ~1 mole %, up to a value of ~5 m at the maximum concentration, indicating virtually complete dissociation of the acid. Furthermore, this value is an order of magnitude greater than the Ka value of ~0.1 m predicted at this concentration from the conductivity studies. The K vs. concentration curve is deceiving, a  however, since the rate of Ka increase at the lower concentrations is hidden by the scale of the plot. For this reason, a plot of InKa vs. concentration is also shown in Figure 6.11 and indicates that the greatest logarithmic rate ofKa increase is at concentrations of less than about 1 mole %. Following this "critical point", the rate quickly decreases and lnK  a  approaches a constant value. Extrapolation of the InKa plot to infinite dilution leads to a very approximate Ka value of 8 x 10" mol kg-l, which is about an order of magnitude 5  less than that estimated from the conductivity measurements. dependence of the acidic dissociation constant  This suggests a large  shown in Equation (6-22) on  concentration, which in turn implies that it is not a very accurate representation of the system's acidity, as was already indicated from the conductivity measurements.  The increase in magnitude of this system's acidic dissociation constant with concentration can be partially attributed to formation of stronger polymeric acids at higher concentrations, as suggested for the SbFs systems, io The slope difference between the three systems' -Ho vs. concentration curves (Figure 6.10) at £ 1 mole % Lewis acid concentration reflects the lower initial K value of the tantalum system a  202  MOLE % Ta(S03F)5  Figure 6.11. Dependence of the Acidic Dissociation Constant, Ka, on Ta(S03F)s Concentration in HSO3F at Ambient Temperature  The formation of H [Ta(S03F)5+x] (with x > 1) type acids (and/or polymeric x  analogs) in solution at higher Ta(S03F)s concentrations is not inconceivable, since Cs2[Ta(S03F)7] is isolable. This could result in two or even three moles of H2SO3F+ forming per mole Ta(S03F)s upon acidic dissociation, leading to an approximate two- or three-fold increase in the acidity expected from simple acidic dissociation, and thus further contributing to the magnitude of the -HQ values at higher concentrations. Species of this type are not known to exist in either the SbFs or SbF2(SC>3F)3 systems. However, it must be stressed that the conductometrictitrationresults do not provide any evidence for such polybasic acids in the neutral range.  Previous acidity studies with the HSO3F-MF5 (M = or As3) systems have shown that acidity increases steadily with the number of moles of SO3 added, but a maximum of only three moles SO3 could be inserted into the Sb-F or As-F bonds. Hence, the presence of an unprecedented five fluorosulfate groups per metal center may also be partly responsible for the high acidity of Ta(S03F)s.  The Hammett Acidity Function could not be determined at meaningful concentrations for the HS03F-Nb(S03F)s system, due to the gradual elimination of SO3 and the visible formation of NbF2(S03F)3, which was consequently isolated and characterized.  The remaining sections of this chapter will deal with less rigorous investigations into the solution behavior of the Nb(S03F)s, Ta(S03F)s and other related fluorosulfuric acid systems.  204 6.C.3. Multinuclear N M R Studies o X J . a . Mr'IM(SOiFU±rlSolutions.withM'=  Variable  temperature  Cs [Nb(S03F) ], 2  19F  NMR  Ba[Nb(S03F)7l,  7  At  ambient  data  for  solutions  a-CstTa(S0 F)6], 3  Cs2[Ta(S03F)7] are listed in Table 6.VEL possible.  CsorBaandx = lor2  temperature  of  Cs[Nb(S03F)6l,  p-Cs[Ta(S0 F)6]  and  3  Concentrations are as close to saturation as  (usually  about  293-298  K),  one  combined  solvent/solute resonance is observed for each species, within ± 0.3 ppm of the resonance for pure H S O 3 F  at 40.74 ppm.  1 9  F  Rapid fluorosulfate exchange between the  solute anion and the solvent is the likely cause. Fluorosulfate group exchange in H S O 3 F was previously observed only for solutions of K[Sn(S03F)s], while solutions of the salts 7  K2[Sn(S03F)6]3  3  and Cs2[Pt(SC>3F)6]  1  both gave rise to a separate solute peak, due to the  existence of the coordinatively fully saturated species [M(S03F)6]". It hence appears that adherence to a strict, stable octahedral coordination is not found for [ M ( S 0 3 F ) 5 ] - in X  +X  H S O 3 F solution with either N b or T a .  Signals of varying intensity and shape attributed to the solute become visible at 253 K (within about 3 ppm upfield of the solvent resonance) for all species studied except Cs[Nb(S03F)6]  and Cs2[Ta(S03F)7].  A t 218 K, solute peaks appear for all the  salts, with more than one signal present in some cases.  The Cs2[Nb(S03F)7] solution  exhibits the solvent resonance shifted by about 1 ppm downfield from its normal position at this temperature.  This suggests that some fluorosulfate exchange between solute and  solvent may still occur even at 218 K.  This exchange may also persist for the other  solutions and, together with overlap between solvent and solute peaks, makes definite assignment of the solute peaks difficult. temperatures due to solute precipitation.  Spectra could not be investigated at lower  205 Table 6."VTA "9F NMR Chemical Shifts for the Salts M '[M(S03F)5+x], with M ' = Cs x  or Ba, M = Nb or Ta and x = 1 or 2, in HSO3F  Molarity Temp.(K) H S 0 F (8, ppm)  Salt  3  Cs[Nb(S0 F) ] 3  6  0.2  Solute (8, ppm)  293 273 253 218  40.79 40.73 40.73 40.75  39.8(st), 39.1(st,b), 36.6(st,b)  293 253 218  40.60 40.68 40.65  37.9(st,b)  Cs[ra(S0 F)6] ((5-form)  0.07  Cs[Ta(S0 F)6] (a-form)  0.3  293 253 218  40.98 41.02 40.80  Cs[Ta(S0 F)6] (a-form + filtrate)  ?  293 253 218  40.69 40.70 40.67  Cs [Nb(S03F)7]  0.1  293 253 218  40.98 41.45 41.49  Ba[Nb(S0 F)7]  0.1  293 253 218  40.67 40.86 40.85  39.6(st), 38.7(st), 36.9(st,b)  293 253 218  40.57 40.64 40.60  39.6(st), 39.1(st), 38.0(st)  3  3  3  2  3  Cs [Ta(S03F)7] 2  0.1  40.3(st), 39.3(st,b) 40.2(st), 39.5(st), 38.8(st), 37.9(st) 39.9(st), 39.0(st,b), 37.8(st,b) 40.3(st), 39.8(st), 39.1(dt,b), 38.5(dt), 37.7(st) 40.5(sh) 40.4(st), 39.8(dt), 39.4(dt), 37.5(st,b)  206 Intensity-expanded portions of representative 19F NMR spectra of the salt solutions are shown in Figures 6.12 and 6.13.  Figure 6.12 shows the spectra of  a-Cs[Ta(S0 F)6] and "6-Cs[Ta(S03F)6]" at three different temperatures. Although the 3  purity of the latter salt is questionable, the simplicity of its NMR spectra suggests that the discrete anion [Ta(S03F)6]~ is present in solution at 218 K, as indicated by the singlet peak d, assigned to six equivalent fluorosulfate groups. In contrast, the analytically pure salt a-Cs[Ta(S03F)6] exhibits four solute resonances a, b, c and d of progressively decreasing intensity at this temperature. The !9F NMR spectrum of Cs[Nb(S03F)6] at 218 K appears quite similar to that of the a-salt solution, although only three solute peaks are resolved. Scales between the spectra of the different solutions shown in Figures 6.12 and 6.13 are not identical and consequently only line shapes and chemical shifts, rather than linewidths, are meaningful.  The 19F NMR spectra of a-Cs[Ta(S0 F)6] re-dissolved in the filtrate solution 3  obtained during its isolation (see Chapter 5) are shown in Figure 6.13 together with spectra obtained for a solution of Cs2[Nb(S03F>7]. Already at 253 K, hints of the three solute peaks b, c, and d are seen in the a-isomer/filtrate spectrum. At 218 K, five peaks labelled a, b, c, c and d occur at approximately the same chemical shifts as the four peaks found for the ct-isomer at this temperature, with peak c now forming a "doublet". Their relative intensities and shapes, however, are different. Peak b is now the most prominent, with peak a the least intense and most poorly resolved, due to the partial overlap of the solvent signal. Similarly, the spectrum of Cs2[Ta(S03F)7] at 218 K exhibits the solute peaks b, c\ c" and d with very comparable intensities and shapes to those found for the a-isomer/filtrate solution; peak a may be present but hidden by the nearby solvent peak. The 0.5 - 0.8 ppm downfield shift of these peaks in the latter  *Cs[Ta(S0 F) ]  a-Cs[Ta(S0 F) ] 3  3  6  6  40.60 PPM  40.98 PPM 293 K  J 41.02 PPM  40.80 PPM  253 K  40.68 PPM  40.65 PPM  218 K  a = b c d «  40.2 39.5 38.8 37.9  PPM PPM PPM PPM  6 12. Variable Temperature 1?F NMR Spectra of a-Cs[Ta(S03F)6] (0.3 M) and ' ^CsrTa(SO3F)6](0.07M)inHSO3F  208  «*Cs[Ta(S03F)6] + FILTRATE  Cs [Nb(S0 F) ] 2  3  b = 40.4 c' » 39.8 c" - 39.4 d - 37.5  a - 40.3 PPM b «= 39.8 PPM c" » 39.2 PPM  c" - 38.5 PPM d - 37.7 PPM  7  PPM PPM PPM PPM  Figure 6.13. 19F NMR Spectra of a-CsUa(S0 F)6]/FUtrate and Cs2[Nb(S03F)7] (0.1 M)inHS03F 3  209 system may be expected from the similar shift of the solvent resonance, as mentioned earlier; the chemical shifts may also be slightly dependent on the metal present. Incidentally, the spectra (218 K) of both Cs2[Ta(S03F)7] and Ba[Ta(S03F)7] are similar to that of Cs2[Nb(S03F)7], with the only noteworthy difference being the absence of peak c spurting.  The greater similarity between the spectra of the a-Cs[Ta(S0 F)6]/filtrate and 3  Cs2[Nb(S03F)7] solutions than between those of the former and the pure a-isomer solution is surprising. It suggests that in solution, both the a-hexakis- and heptakisfluorosulfato anions exist in equilibrium with each other, with the relative abundance of each being a function of the redissolved salt's initial composition. The a-isomer/filtrate mixture appears from its spectra in Figure 6.13 to be a mixture of both of these anionic types. The presence of one or two moles of Cs+, and hence the basicity of the solution, appears to determine which of the equilibrium species present will precipitate preferentially at high solute concentrations. The presence of peak d at 218 K in both the spectra of a-Cs[Ta(SC>3F)$] and Cs2[Nb(S03F)7] serves to illustrate this point. This observation raises the question: why do all the solutions except B-Cs[Ta(S03F)6] exhibit more than one solute peak in their spectra at 218 K?  The single solute peak d of the salt B-Cs[Ta(S03F)6], prepared in an acid-free medium, is attributed to the species [Ta(S03F)6]"; the absence of any exchange equilibrium is indicated by the solvent resonance matching that of pure HSO3F. The seemingly oligomeric salt, a-Cs[Ta(S03F)6], was however isolated from H S O 3 F solution, which could consequendy result in an equilibrium of oligomeric anions upon redissolution, as was found earlier for Ta(S03F)5(solv). The multicomponent spectra of the other three salts studied (see Table 6. VII) indicate similar equilibria occurring.  210 Based on the low-temperature spectra in Figures 6.12 and 6.13 as well as on the electrical conductivity studies of Section 6.C.1.C, the solution behaviour of these salts can be summarized by the following general set of equilibria:  Ki  [[M(S03F)5]x(S03F)2x] -(solv) 2x  A  HSO3F  [[M(SO3F) ]x(SO3F)x]xB 5  (s0lv)  K  + x S ^ ^ y )  2  [[M(S03F) ]x(S03F)2x] -(solv) ^ x [M(S03F) ]2A HSO3F C 2x  7  5  K  (solv)  (6-23b)  3  [[M(S03F)5]x(S0 F)x]^(solv) ^ = 3  B  (6-23a)  HSO3F  x [M(S03F)]-(solv) 6  (6-23c)  D  K4  [M(S03F) ]2- oiv) « 7  C  (s  HSO3F  [M(S03F)6]- + S O 3 F -  (6-23d)  D  In the equilibria above, type A species predominate in the heptakis(fluorosulfato) salt solutions, whereas species B are favoured in the hexakis(fluorosulfato) metallate mixtures. Peak d is best assigned to the monomeric anion D, which is present in all four solutions at varying concentrations. The predominance of resonance a in the spectra of the hexakis(fluorosulfato) salt solutions with both metals (see Figure 6.12 and Table 6.VU) suggests that it is due to terminal SO3F groups of species B. Based on previous 19  F NMR studies of the SbFs»nS03 (n = 1,2 or 3) fluorosulfuric acid systems,*.* bridging  SO3F group resonances are expected upfield of terminal ones and therefore either peak b  or c in Figure 6.12 is best assigned to the bridging SO3F groups of type B species. In light of the predominance of peak if in the spectrum of Cs2[Nb(S03F)7] (see Figure  211 6.13), which is best assigned to the terminal SO3F groups of type A components, peak c is assigned to the bridging fluorosulfate groups of both A and B type anions, since it is not unreasonable to expect them at more or less the same chemical shift.  The small concentration of species A in the a-Cs[Ta(S03F)6] and Cs[Nb(S03F)6] solutions (as indicated by the weak peak b) suggests that the magnitude of the equilibrium constants in Equation (6-22) may depend on the nature of the medium. However, the strong intensity of peak d in the 218 K spectrum of Cs2[Nb(S03F)7] is consistent with the fairly large value of K4 (or Kb) estimated in Section 6.C.1.C for this equilibrium, and supports the already suggested basic dissociation of the heptakisfluorosulfato anions in  HSO3F.  Peaks c and c" in Figure 6.13 are yet to be assigned. One of them is likely due to the bridging S O 3 F groups of type A and/or B anions, the other to the nearly equivalent (due to rapid internal exchange) S O 3 F groups of the monomeric anion C in Equations (623b) and (6-23d). The absence of this species from the spectra of all the hexakisfluorosulfato solutions indicates that the magnitude of K2 in Equation (6-23) is small while that of K4 is quite large, verifying earlier arguments.  It should be stressed again that the spectra of the a-CsUa(S0 F)6yfiltrate 3  solution shown in Figure 6.13 have some characteristics of both the pure hexakisfluorosulfato and heptalds-fluorosulfato salt solutions, which suggests the existence of the same anionic species in solution, whether one or two moles of CSSO3F are present, prior to the precipitation of the respective salt. Following the salt's precipitation, the relative abundance of the different solution components changes, as is mdirectly  212 suggested, for example, by differences between the spectra of the pure a-Cs[Ta(S03F)6] solution and that of the filtrate mixture.  Ambient temperature (-293 K) 93Nb NMR spectra of Cs[Nb(S03F)6] (spectrum IV) and Cs2[Nb(S03F)7] (spectra I-IH) are shown in Figure 6.14, the former after 2 hours in solution and the latter after 2 hours, 2 days and 5 days in solution. All the chemical shifts given are relative to that of the [NbF6]" anion, as described in Section 6.B.3. The key features of the spectra are: (i) the presence of multiple signals, indicating more than one Nb environment, which is consistent with the 19F NMR study; (ii) the similarity between the spectra of Cs[Nb(S03F)6] and Cs2[Nb(S03F)7] and (iii) the nearly complete disappearance of the broad downfield signal in spectrum IU. Of additional interest are the much smaller linewidth (wi/2) of the most upfield signal compared to the other signals as well as the close proximity of this signal to that of the external reference [NbF6]". The very large 93Nb chemical shifts (about ± 1000 ppm) which have previously been reported to occur upon changing the chemical environment of niobium^.* make the 6  last point more noteworthy.  The shielding for 93Nb increases with the ability of its ligands to donate electrons and hence more tightly ligated complexes are expected to exhibit a higher degree of shielding, resulting in an upfield chemical shift.  Based on both this  consideration and the results of the 19F NMR and conductivity studies, the resonances present in Figure 6.14 can be assigned. The narrow peak a is attributed to the highly symmetric [Nb(S03F)6]" species, with the niobium nucleus even more shielded than in [NbF6]". This could be partially due to the different solvents used (HSO3F and propylene carbonate, respectively), since a 68 ppm chemical shift difference has been reported between the resonance of [NbFoT dissolved in aqueous HF and in acetonitrile.  16  The  213  a  2 HOURS  Figure 6.14. 93Nb NMR Spectra of CstNb(S03F)6] (0.2 M) and Cs2[Nb(S03F) ] (0.15 M) in H S O 3 F at Ambient Temperature 7  narrow linewidth of peak a (500-700 Hz) compared to that of [NbFfcT (1470 Hz) is probably also a result of the different solvents used. The solvent effect on the shape of 13  the 93Nb N M R  signal of [NbF6]~ has also been studied, w A sharp singlet was observed  in 4 8 % HF/H2O at 20 °C,20 whereas a resolved septet pattern was seen in both ethanol at 0 "C  20  and acetonitrile at ambient temperature. 1 Broadening of the [NbF6]~ reference 3  signal may be a result of unresolved 93Nb-19F coupling, internal fluorine exchange or the presence of the cation Li+ in the [NbF6]~ solution. ^ 13  [Nb(S03F)6]~ is expected to be in equUibrium with species B and/or C (shown earlier in Equation (6-23)) in these solutions. However, the expected lower symmetry of the two species (especiaUy C) would be expected to have a line broadening effect on signal a in Figure 6.14, which is not apparent. This suggests that the two respective equilibria's exchange processes are either too slow to affect the line shape of peak a 14  and/or that the aforementioned line broadening effects on the 93Nb signal of the external reference [NbFg]" are large enough to give the [Nb(S03F)6]~ signal a relatively narrow appearance.  There appear to be no 93Nb N M R  studies reported where niobium is  octahedrally coordinated to six identical nuclei with zero nuclear spin. Consequently, the effect of the rapid solvent/solute SO3F group exchange evident from the 19F N M R  study  cannot be correlated with confidence to the signal linewidths observed here.  The presence of more than one signal in aU spectra shown in Figure 6.14 also suggests that the exchange rates governing the equilibria in Equation (6-23) are probably too slow to affect the 93Nb signal linewidths noticeably. It should be noted that the partial disappearance of peak c in spectrum HI is accompanied by a slight narrowing of peak a, perhaps indicating some effect of the equilibria on signal linewidth, but the narrowing effect is too subde to aUow definite conclusions.  215 The broadness of peak c in addition to its downfield position indicate that it is due to one or both of the two oligomeric species A and B in Equation (6-23a). They are expected to have the weakest average Nb-O bonds of all four species shown in Equation (6-23) and their symmetry is expected to be significantly reduced due to the presence of SO3F bridges.  The earlier mentioned equilibrium exchange processes may further  contribute to the signal's width. The near disappearance of this peak from spectrum DI in Figure 6.14 after 5 days in solution may be due to structural rearrangement of the solute anions from oligomers to monomers.  1  Peak  b seen in all four spectra in Figure 6.14 can then be assigned to  [Nb(S03F)7]2-. The peak's doublet-like character may be due to the equilibria shown in Equation (6-23) and/or to the presence of an additional intermediate. The broadness of this peak is not surprising, since the metal coordination environment of [Nb(S03F)7]2should not be nearly as symmetric as that of [Nb(S03F)oT (peak a). Although the relatively high intensity of peak b in spectrum IV (Cs[Nb(S03F)6]) is surprising in light of the equilibria Equations (6-23), and the apparent absence of [Nb(S03F)7]2- from this solution as indicated by its 19F NMR spectrum, it should be recalled that the 19F NMR spectra were obtained at lower temperatures than the 93Nb NMR spectra. If it is assumed that oligomers are favoured over monomers at low temperature, the absence of a resonance due to [Nb(S03F)7]2- from the low temperature 19F NMR spectrum of Cs[Nb(S03F)6] is more acceptable.  The low temperature IH NMR spectra of a-Cs[Ta(S03F)6] suggest that proton exchange equilbria are temperature dependent as well. The single resonance (due to the solvent) undergoes an upfield shift from 10.29 to 9.95 ppm when the temperature is lowered from 298 to 203 K. The resonance of pure H S O 3 F shifts in the opposite  216 direction in the same temperature range, from 10.47 to ~10.65 ppm. The increased oligomerization of solvated anions at the lower temperature may be responsible for this shielding effect on the proton resonance.  The previously indicated complexity of these systems is apparent from the NMR spectra as well. A mixture of six, seven or eight coordinated monomers and oligomers appears to form in H S O 3 F upon dissolution of the ternary salts, with the relative abundance of each species a function of both temperature and the initial salt composition. Similar equilibria have been reported2.8.34-37 for the H S O 3 F - SbF5-nS0 (n = 0 - 3) 3  systems, where S O 3 F - F exchange and the presence of both terminal and bridging fluorines create an even more complicated situation. The appearance of the solute fluorosulfate 19F NMR resonances upfield of the H S O 3 F resonance at low temperature does not have a precedent among previously studied metal or metalloid fluorosulfate systems,U.4.7,33.38^9 where the signals are either not resolvable even at low temperature, or occur downfield of the solvent resonance.  6.C3.b. M(SOiFh. MfSOiFh-S^OsiF? and M(SOiFh-MF<; (M = Nb or Ta) Systems Both Nb(SC>3F)5 and Ta(S03F)s undergo rapid fluorosulfate exchange with HSO3F, leading to a combined 19F NMR signal down to 218 K. In a mixture of S2O6F2 with HSO3F, solvent-solute interaction via proton bridging and/or proton transfer as well as fluorosulfate exchange were observed (see Chapter 3). These interactions occur in both neutral and basic (by adding KSO3F) solutions, but have not been discussed for acid media.  To be consistent with the approach of Chapter 3, both 19F NMR and IH NMR studies of the M(S03F)5-HSC>3F-S20fcF2 (M = Nb or Ta) solutions were undertaken (the  217 former at variable temperatures), with the results listed in Table 6.Vin. Two signals are present in the spectra, the downfield one due to the combined M(S03F)s/HS03F resonance and the upfield one resulting from the resonance of S2O6F2. Again, two parameters are of special interest: (i) the "H/OX" int./stoich. ratios for the two solutions at the various temperatures, which are derived from the following equation: H/OX int  —  m /m' A  = —  n Y  —  (6-24)  H/OX stoich. (mn + muOAnox where: mH = stoichiometric moles fluorine from HSO3F m = stoichiometric moles fluorine from M(S03F)s mox = stoichiometric moles fluorine from S 06F2 m = total moles fluorine due to M(S03F)5 and HSO3F, by integration m'ox = moles fluorine due to S2O6F2, by integration LA  2  A  and (ii) the difference between the chemical shift separating the HS03F/M(S03F)s and S2O6F2  signals in these solutions and the separation between the signals of H S O 3 F and  S2O6F2  before mixing. This parameter is given as M-U in Table 6.VDI. If no interaction  were occurring between H S O 3 F and S2O6F2 in the presence of the Lewis acids, the latter parameter should have a value of zero, whereas the parameter in Equation (6-24) should be exactly equal to unity. It is evident from the data in Table 6.VD3 that Ta(S03F)s, as the Lewis acid, is capable of inhibiting the interaction between H S O 3 F and S2O6F2. which is still appreciable even at this temperature. At 253 K and even more so at 298 K, some very limited HSO3F-S2O0F2 interaction appears to occur in the presence of Ta(S03F)5, but is less pronounced than in either neutral or basic solutions.  With Nb(S03F)5 as Lewis acid, the situation is not quite as straightforward. At  298 K, the degree of HSO3F-S2O6F2 interaction appears to be slightly greater than with  Table 6.Vffl.  1 9  Sample"  Nb/H/OX  Ta/H/OX  F and IH NMR Data for M(S03F)5-HS03F-S206F2 Solutions  Temperature (Kelvin)  [M(S0 F) ] (mol/L)  Molar Ratio (H/OX)  I/S*  298  1.00  3.18  M-U (ppm)  A *H HSO3F  1.14  -0.15  +0.22  253  1.05  -0.01  218  0.92  +0.01  -  1.09  -0.11  +0.40  253  1.04  0  -  218  1.00  0  -  298  3  0.90  5  1.90  c  "Nb = Nb(S03F)5. Ta = Ta(S03F)s, H = H S O 3 F , OX = S2O6F2 *I = Integration peak area H/OX ratio, S = H/OX fluorine content ratio from stoichiometry csee text  (ppm)e  Ta(SC>3F)5, but less pronounced than in neutral or basic solutions. At 253 K, a similar reduction in the interaction to that found with Ta(S03F)s is observed. However, at 218 K, the "H/OX" int./stoich parameter value is less than unity (by about 8%), while the near zero value of the other parameter suggests absence of any HSO3F-S2O6F2 interaction. The former feature may be due to integration error or may suggest that other species of the form NbF (S03F)s- are present in solution rather than Nb(S03F)s. This would x  x  account for the sub-unity value of the former parameter, since fluorine bonded to niobium is not expected to resonate at the same chemical shift as the fluorine of the SO3F group.  14  The absence of a detectable Nb-F resonance in the 19F NMR spectra may be  due to the high spin (I = 9/2) and quadrupole moment of 93Nb, which can lead to 17  signals too broad for observation. 15-17,20 For comparison, solutions of octahedral [NbF6]~ in either acetonitrile or dimethylformamide have exhibited 19F NMR decet patterns 13  14  due to the coupling of the chemically equivalent fluorine nuclei to the quadrupole nuclide 93Nb. Even saturated (~1 M) solutions of NbFs failed to show any signals in their 19F NMR spectra. This seems to suggest that this solute undergoes rapid F/SO3F exchange with the solvent, which leads to a reduction in the average coordination symmetry around the metal center.  The value of 0.92 for the parameter defined earlier in Equation (6-24), which was estimated for the "Nb(S03F)5" solution at 218 K, best agrees with the formulation NbF2(S03F)3 for the Lewis acid. This is the same composition that was found earlier for solids formed either from 1.1 M or 2.4 M "Nb(S03F)5" solutions. Hence, all evidence indicates that Nb(S03F)s does not exist in H S O 3 F solutions beyond concentrations of ~1 M, but tends to dissociate to form primarily NbF2(S03F)3. Conversely, Ta(S03F)s does not seem to undergo dissociation at these concentrations and TaF (S03F)5- type x  precipitates do not form.  x  220 The ambient temperature IH N M R data of the two Lewis acid solutions (appearing as the parameter A IH HSO3F) are also given in Table 6.VDI and refer to the chemical shift difference between the observed combined solute/solvent resonance and that of pure HSO3F. The rapid proton exchange between solvent and solute with both metals, which leads to a single resonance, is thought to occur . primarily according to the 4 5  equilibrium: HSO3F  M(S0 F) 3  5  + HSO3F  H[M(S0 F)6](solv) 3  (6-25)  The slight downfield shift of this resonance relative to that of pure H S O 3 F may be due either to the interaction between H S O 3 F and S2O6F2 and/or to the interaction of M(SC-3F)5 andHS03F.  The ability of both "Nb(S03F)5" and Ta(S03F)s to retard the HSO3F - S2O6F2 interaction at ambient temperature and to stop it at 218 K lends support to the SO3F exchange mechanism between HSO3F and  S2O0F2 suggested in Chapter 3. The presence  of a SO3F acceptor appears to interfere in the exchange process. The residual ambient temperature interaction observed in both Lewis acid systems is probably due to the other interaction mechanisms discussed in Chapter 3.  The rest of this section will deal with multinuclear N M R investigations of the M(S03F)s-HS03F solutions, with M = Nb or Ta, together with various M(S03F)5-MFsHSO3F  and M F 5 - H S O 3 F solutions. The latter studies were carried out for three main  reasons: (i) to learn more about the Nb(SC>3F)5 dissociation via SO3 elimination; (ii) to confirm the absence of such a dissociation in Ta(S03F)s at comparable concentrations and (iii) to investigate to what extent SO3F/F ligand exchange occurs.  221 Table 6.LX contains the chemical shift and signal linewidth 19F NMR data for all the solutions studied together with data for pure HSO3F. None of the species, deluding NbFs nor TaFs, exhibited any sign of M-F resonances; only the combined SO3F/HSO3F resonance was observed at all temperatures in each case. The significant downfield shift and greater linewidth of the Ta(S03F)s solution's signal (1-2 ppm) compared to that of pure HSO3F and the other species are both indicative of a greater degree of chemical exchange. A downfield shift is expected for HSO3F solutions rich in H2SO3F+, since the addition of the base KSO3F shifts this resonance upfield.40 Both features indicate high acidity of the Ta(S03F)s system. Furthermore, this signal's closer proximity to that of pure HSO3F in the earlier discussed Ta(S03F)5-HSC>3F-S206F2 solutions supports the claim made that S2O0F2 behaves as a weak base in HSO3F, since a large portion of the excess H2SO3F+ formed in the presence of a Lewis acid is neutralized by the S2O6F2.  The 19F resonance is also found in much closer proximity (within about 0.3 ppm downfield) of the pure HSO3F signal for each of the Nb(S03F)s, Nb(S0 F)5-NbFs and 3  NbFs solutions, which indicates lower acidity in these systems. The linewidth of the NbFs signal is comparable to that of the pure solvent, indicating a very minimal degree of F/SO3F exchange, as would be expected for this relatively weak acid.3 The other two systems' signals exhibit a similar degree of broadening, which suggests a comparable degree of exchange being present in both; this would only be expected if the exchanging species were of very similar composition. This further supports the conclusion that Nb(S03F)5 appears to be partly dissociated into NbF (S03F)5- at these concentrations. x  The  19  x  F signal position and linewidth of TaFs is very comparable to that of NbFs,  indicating similarly weak acidity. The narrower than expected linewidth of the signal at  Table 6.IX.  1 9  F N M R Data for Solutions of M(S03F)s, M(S03F)5-MFs and MF5 (with M = Nb or Ta) in H S O 3 F Molarity Temp.(K)  Solute None •  Nb(S0 F) 3  5  1.0  Nb(S0 F) NbF (1:1)  2.2  NbF  0.9  3  5  5  5  8 (ppm) w  1/2  (Hz)  293 253 218  40.74 40.68 40.64  £5 <no £15  298 273 253 218  40.88 40.79 40.77 40.85  22 30 38 90  293 253 218  40.80 40.84 40.80  15 40 60  293 253 218  41.02 41.00 41.01  -10 £ 15 £20  5 (ppm) w (Hz)  Molarity  Temp.(K)  0.9  305 273 253 218  41.98 41.94 41.97 42.29  90 140 100 110  "Ta(S0 F)5"  -13  293 253 218  40.25 40.24 40.19  15 40 50  Ta(S03F) -  2.5  293 253 218  40.71 40.63 40.57  £10 10 20  0.7  293 253 218  40.89 40.95 40.94  30 25 - 15  Solute Ta(S0 F) 3  5  3  5  TaF  5  (1:1)  TaF  5  1/2  223 218 K may be a result of solute precipitation, resulting in reduced exchange. The resonance observed for the Ta(S03F)5-TaFs mixed system is similar to that for pure HSO3F at all three temperatures, suggesting minimal acidity for this system. This also seems to preclude any significant solvent/solute equUibrium, which is very surprising in light of the high acidity of Ta(S03F)s. The spectra of the highly concentrated (8 m) TaF (S03F)5-x solution offer some clues. x  Its resonance at aU three temperatures is  observed upfield of HSO3F, which together with the signal's broad linewidth suggests the presence of a new, less acidic species in equUibrium with the solvent. The differences between the mixed Ta systems' spectra and that of the earlier discussed Ta(SC>3F)5 solution suggests that Ta(S03F)5 exists "intact" at least up to a concentration of ~1 M.  The variable temperature *H NMR data for Ta(S03F)5, "Nb(S03F)5" (at two different concentrations) and HSO3F are given in Table 6.X. Rapid proton exchange is  Table 6.X. IH NMR Data for M(S03F) , with M = Nb or Ta, in HSO3F 5  Concentration (M)  Solute none  Nb(S0 F) 3  5  2.4 1.0 n n  Ta(S0 F)5 3  0.9 11 11 11  Temperature (K)  8 (ppm)  wjyj (Hz)  298 273 253 218  10.47 10.60 10.65 . 10.66  £2 9 35 41  298 298 273 253 218  10.85,10.80 10.60 10.73 10.77,10.72,10.60 10.59,10.48  3 5 13 52 61  298 273 253 218  11.84 11.99 12.04 12.10  19 28 82 103  224 evident for Ta(S03F)5 from the single resonance obtained at all the temperatures studied. Its downfield shift from that of pure HSO3F by ~1.5 ppm and the increase in linewidth support this system's high acidity. The 1.0 M "Nb(SC>3F)5" solution, on the other hand, shows an unusual splitting of the solvent proton resonance into two or even three closely spaced signals at the lower temperatures, whereas in the 2.4 M solution, this spurting is already present at ambient temperature.  The results from the 93Nb ambient temperature NMR studies on the niobiumcontaining solutions are recorded along with data for the external reference, LiNbF6, in Table 6.XI. The most noticeable feature is the broadness of the lone signal observed for each system, which indicates low symmetry around the metal centers and/or rapid 15  exchange between the different species in solution. The observation of only one signal in each case indicates the presence of only one average Nb environment in each solution.  Table 6.XI. 93Nb NMR Data for Niobium Fluorosulfates and Fluorides at 293 K  Nb(S03F)5/NbF "  NbFs  LiNbF6  HSO3F  HSO3F  HSO3F  2.4 -80 20,000  2.2 +20 27,000  1.0 +60 16,000  PO 5 0 1470  Nb(S0 F) 3  Solvent Molarity (M) 8 (ppm) w (Hz) 1/2  5  5  l : l molar ratio <>PC = propylene carbonate  a  The position of the Nb(S03F)s signal at approximately the same chemical shift as that of peak a assigned to [Nb(S0 F)6]" in Figure 6.14 suggests that [Nb(S03F)6]" may be 3  225 present in this solution. However, the large wi/2 value of 20 kHz found here not only makes the assignment of the exact shift difficult but does not at all correlate with the ~ 600 Hz linewidth found for peak a in Figure 6.14. Such a large difference in linewidth can only be explained by assuming that the average symmetry around Nb has been greatly reduced, ' possibly as a result of an equilibrium between species of the type 15 7  [NbFx(S03F)5-xT and/or [Nb(S03F)5] S03F" and [Nb(S03F)6]~. n  The even broader  Nb(S03F)5-NbF5 signal supports this, since here the SO3F/F environment is fully scrambled. The slightly narrower signal of the NbFs solution further reflects the relative complexity of the three solutions studied. The apparent tendency of the 93Nb resonances to move upfield with SO3F content (see Table 6.XI) suggests that the fluorosulfate group is possibly a better 7t-donor than fluorine, as might be expected.  The ambient temperature  1 9  F NMR spectrum of TaF4(S03F), with its synthesis  discussed in Chapter 5, serves as another source of information for the Ta(S03F)s-TaFs system. The spectrum of a solution obtained in situ is shown in Figure 6.15. Three resonances are seen: a broad peak at 119 ppm downfield from CFCI3, an extremely weak line at 40.4 ppm and an intense narrow signal at 38.8 ppm. The intensity integration ratios of the signals are 3.4 : 0.025 :1.0, respectively. Although the chemical shift of the resonance at 40.4 ppm is very similar to that of HSO3F (40.74 ppm), its extremely low intensity precludes its assignment as such here. The single broad resonance at 119 ppm is assigned to resonances of fluorine bonded to tantalum. Brownstein et al. found Ta-F 18  resonances of [TaFs(S03F)] at 103.9 ppm and 70.4 ppm in SO2 solution. This suggests _  that all the fluorines bonded to Ta in TaF4(S03F) are chemically equivalent and that the structure or chemical exchange present must be of a different sort than present for Brownstein's compound. The broadness of the signal at 119 ppm is due to the large quadrupole moment of !8lTa (I = 7/2). -  15 17  Since the 19F NMR spectra of Ta-F species x  226  with low local symmetry showis.i6.20 either extremely broad signals or no signals at all, the present compound must be quite symmetric. This is further verified by the absence of any signals in the spectrum of the octahedral "TaF^F in 48% HF, due to the combined effect from the suspected s ymmetry-reducing fluoride exchange with the solvent^ and the high quadropole moment of l8lTa.i5-i7 It hence appears quite likely that at least in solution, TaF4(S03F) exists with trans-S03F groups, to allow the attainment of maximum symmetry. In solid state, distinction between cis- or trans-S03F bridges was not possible for this species (see Chapter 5).  The high symmetry of the solute which is required to explain the resonance at 119 ppm could of course be attained if TaF4(S03F) dissociated in solution to form [TaF6]". However, not only is such a dissociation unlikely to occur in HSO3F, but the ambient temperature 19F resonance of [TaF6]~ in propylene carbonate was found at a significantly different chemical shift of 31 ppm.  Using vibrational spectroscopy, the oligomeric nature of the solid-state structure of TaF4(S03F) was found to involve bridging SO3F groups. The signal at 38.8 ppm is therefore attributed to these SO3F groups, and it is interesting to note that its position agrees very well with that of the resonances earlier attributed to bridging SO3F groups in the spectra of the Cs [M(S03F)5+x] salt solutions, shown in Figures 6.12 and 6.13. It is x  also likely that the solvent H S O 3 F is also contributing to this resonance via rapid fluorosulfate exchange with the solute. There is no evidence found in the spectrum for bridging fluorides, which is consistent with the solid state structure.  If (TaF4(S03F)]n *  s m  e  composition of the solute in Figure 6.15, then the F :  SO3F intensity ratio should be 4.0:1 and not 3.4:1. This discrepancy can be explained as  228 follows. Firstly, [TaF4(SC3F)2]~(solv) is expected in solution as a result of dissociation of the oligomer according to:  HSO3F [TaF (S03F)] (solv) + 2nHS03F 4  n  9  ^  n [TaF4(S03F)2r(solv) + n H2S03F (solv) +  (6-26)  In addition, the efficient formation (large Ka) of the monomeric anion with the simultaneous formation of n moles of H 2 S O 3 F + per mole of oligomer suggests that the system may behave as an acid in H S O 3 F . A similar equUibrium may also contribute in part to the acidity of Ta(S03F)s in £1 mole % HSO3F solutions, as discussed in Section 6.C.2.  The resulting 2 : 1  F/SO3F  ratio of the monomer would in part explain the  aforementioned ratio discrepancy, since a monomer/oligomer ratio of 0.22 would be enough to lower the integration F / S O 3 F ratio to the observed 3.4 value. The contribution from the solvent to the solute's fluorosulfate resonance at 38.8 ppm could also explain this discrepancy. By assuming that half of the discrepancy between the F / S O 3 F ratios is due to the monomer's presence and the other half to excess intensity of the solute's SO3F signal from the solvent contribution, an approximate HSO3F concentration of 10 mole % was calculated.  This implies that 90 mole % of the solution is composed of  TaF4(SC«3F), equal to the highest reported^ concentration of SbFs in H S O 3 F . Even if the likely monomeric contribution to this system is completely ignored, the solution still works out to be 80 mole % in TaF4(SC«3F).  It appears that significantly higher  concentrations of TaF4(SC>3F) in HSO3F are possible than were earlier estimated for NbF (S0 F) . 2  3  3  This section's results indicate that the foUowing two equilibria best describe the general behavior of the "M(S03F)5" species in HSO3F:  229 HSOjF  [M(S03F) ]  5 n  + 2n/(n-y) HSO3F ^ 5 = = ^ n/(n-y) "M(S03F)5] -yS03F]>,iv) + n/(n-y) H2S03F+ iv) n  (so  (6-27a)  -HSO3F  n/(n-y) [[M(S03F) ] -yS03F]-(solv) 5 n  n/(n-y) [[MF (S03F)5-x]n-yS03F]- oiv) + nx SO3 x  (S  (6-27b)  where: n > y and x <, 4 These equations infer the presence of various oligomers in solution, as suggested by the conductivity and NMR studies. The SO3 elimination becomes noticeable when either the solvent H S O 3 F is removed in vacuo or a more concentrated solution is prepared. At higher concentrations, the binary oligomers dissociate to form fluorofluorosulfates. Dissociation appears to be more pronounced in the Nb(S03F)s system than in the Ta(S0 F)5 system: NbF2(S03F)3 formed from a 1.1 M "Nb(S03F)5" solution, whereas 3  Ta(SC«3F)5 appears to remain undissociated up to at least 2 M concentrations, with definite signs of dissociation only observable when solutions of concentrations beyond -10 M are prepared.  The final section of this chapter will briefly deal with Raman studies of some of  these MSO3F-MF5 species in HSO3F solution.  6.C.4. Raman Spectroscopy Studies of M(SChF)s-MFs fM = Nb or Ta^ Solutions Interpretation of the Raman spectra obtained for H S O 3 F solutions of M(S03F)5 and M(S03F)5-NbF5 mixtures (M = Nb or Ta) is greatly impeded by the presence of solvent bands in the vicinity of the solute bands. The only spectral region where band overlap is not a serious problem is the ~600 - 800 cm-l region. Some solute bands can also occasionally be resolved at higher wavenumbers. To illustrate this point, the room  temperature Raman data for bands which are not attributable to HSO3F for all six solutions studied are listed in Table 6 J d .  Plausible assignments are also listed.  Previously reported . " Raman frequencies for HSO3F were listed earlier in Chapter 3. 37 1  The most intriguing feature in all the tabulated spectra is the presence of a very broad band of variable intensity at ~700 - 740 cm-l, which is the approximate region where terminal M-F (M = Nb or Ta) stretching modes are observed for solid MF5,« as well as for various HF solutions of K M F 5 X  +X  (x = 1 or  2).i2,43  The Raman spectrum of  solid TaF4(S03F) discussed in the previous chapter also exhibited three bands assigned to Ta-F stretching modes in this region. If this band is assigned as a M-F stretch in these solutions, its appearance in the mixed 1:1 M(S03F)5-MFs solutions is not surprising. The presence of this band in the spectrum of the 2.4 M Nb(S03F)s solution is also not too surprising, since NbF2(S03F)3 eventually precipitates out of solution; however, the Raman spectrum (albeit of low quality) of solid NbF2(S03F)3 discussed in Chapter 4 did not show any bands in this region. This indicates that the coordination environment around niobium may be different in solution than it is in solid state, possibly due to a partial break up of the oligomer. However, the presence of a band in this region for the three "Ta(S03F)5" solutions is rather puzzling.  The proximity of the 13 M "Ta(SC>3F)5" solutions's only 19F NMR resonance to that of the fluorosulfate in TaF4(S03F) (see previous section) suggests that this solution may at least in part be composed of the latter species. This is supported by its v(S-F) band (see Table 6.XJJ) occurring at a comparable frequency to that of solid TaF4(S03F) discussed earlier. The band at ~700 cm-lforthis solution is hence reasonably assignable to v(Ta-F).  Table 6.XIL Raman Vibrational Frequencies (Av, cm ) for Assorted M(SC>3F)5 and M(S03F)s-MF5 Mixtures in HSO3F at Ambient Temperature 1  8  Nb(S0 F)5 (2.4 M) 3  1257 1072 1010  s vw w  Nb(S03F) -NbF5 (2.2 M) 5  1247  m  880  w,sh  Ta(S03F)5 (0.6 M) 1245  m  Ta(S0 F) (1.6 M) 3  1462 1248 1078  5  M  Ta(S0 F)5" (-13 M) 3  w m w  Ta(S0 F)5-TaF (2.5 M) 3  1242 1110  m w  5  Approximate Assignment V (SO3)  890 878  w w  v(S-F)  738 723  s m  737 725 699  m w w  ?v(M-F)?  734 714  w,b w,b,sh  747 725  m w,sh  738  w  738  m  702  vw  709  w  639  m  642  w,b  645  vw  650 527  w w  642  w  641  w  8 (S0 F)  290 256  w,b w  311 240  w w,b  263 240  w w  271 243  w m  271 244  w w  lattice vibrations  "solvent bands excluded  3  The previous sections of this chapter as well as the method of preparation of TaF4(S03F) described in the previous chapter suggest that Ta(S03F)s remains intact up to concentrations of ~2 M , which either makes the assignment of the ~700 - 740 cm-l band to v(Ta-F) doubtful, or leads to the apparent contradiction that the species undergo elimination of SO3 even at relatively low concentrations of 0.6 - 1.6 M. Unfortunately, SO3 is undetectable in these solutions because it is removed in vacuo with S2O6F2 during  preparation of the solutions. The elimination of SO3 as a result of partial laser-induced decomposition of the solutions cannot be ruled out as a means of resolving the dilemma; some of the solutions did become quite murky within minutes of laser exposure.  It appears that with each completed study, a new level of complexity is revealed for these superacid systems. A few suggestions concerning possible future investigations will be stated in the closing chapter.  6.D. Conclusion  The following conclusions can be drawn from the solution studies described: (i)  Nb(S03F)5 and Ta(S03F)s behave as monoprotonic acids in fluorosulfuric acid,  leading to two new superacid systems of different strength. (ii) HS03F-Ta(S03F)5, the stronger of the two systems, appears to possess even greater acidity than "Magic Acid" HS03F-SbFs at all but the lowest concentrations studied. (iii) At the concentrations studied, Nb(S03F)5 is more highly oligomerized in solution than is Ta(S03F)s.  233 (iv) The empirical anions "[M(S03F)6] "" and "[M(S03F)7]2-" undergo unexpectedly complex behaviour in solution with both metals, seemingly existing as temperaturedependent equilibrium mixtures of coordinatively unsaturated oligomeric species. (v) Species of the type [[MF (S03F)5-x]nS03F] " appear to form with both Nb(S03F)s x  and Ta(S03F)5 as a result of SO3 elimination at higher concentrations; not surprisingly, this dissociative tendency is more pronounced for the niobium system  In the next chapter, the conveniently high solubility of both Nb(S03F)s and Ta(S03F)5 will be further applied to prepare some analogous (trifluoromethyl)sulfato derivatives.  234 REFERENCES  1. K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 23,2124 (1984). 2. R.C. Thompson, J. Barr, RJ. Gillespie, J.R. Milne and R.A. Rothenbury, Inorg. Chem. 4,1641 (1965). 3. R J . Gillespie, R. Ouchi and G.P. Pez, Inorg. Chem. 8,63 (1969). 4. K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 18,389 (1979). 5. R.C. Thompson, in "Inorganic Sulphur Chemistry", G. Nickless, Ed., Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1968. 6. A. Vogel, in "Quantitative Inorganic Analysis", J. Wiley & Sons, N.Y., 1939. 7. S.P. Mallela, K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 23,653 (1984). 8. G.A. Olah, G.K.S. Prakash and J. Sommer, "Superacids", J. Wiley & Sons, N.Y., 1985 (and references herein). 9. RJ. Gillespie and T.E. Peel, Adv. Phys. Org. Chem. 9,1 (1972). 10. RJ. Gillespie and T.E. Peel, /. Am. Chem. Soc. 95,5173 (1973). 11. J.A.S. Howell and K.C. Moss, /. Chem. Soc. A, 2481 (1971). 12. N A . Matwiyoff, L.B. Asprey and W.E. Wageman, Inorg. Chem. 9,2014 (1970). 13. K J . Packer and E.L. Muetterties, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 85, 3035 (1963). 14. D.W. Aksnes, S.M. Hutchison, and K J . Packer, Mol. Phys. 14, 301 (1968). 15. D. Rehder, in "Multinuclear NMR", J. Mason, Ed., Plenum Press, N.Y., 1988. 16. "NMR and the Periodic Table", R.K. Harris and B Ji. Mann, Eds., Academic Press, London, 1978. 17. E.A.V. Ebsworth, D.W JL Rankin and S. Cradock, "Structural Methods in Inorganic Chemistry", Blackwell Scientific Pubhcations, U.K., 1987. 18. S. Brownstein, J. Bornais and G. Latremouille, Can. J. Chem. 56,1419 (1978). 19. JJ. Dechter in Prog. Inorg. Chem. 33,411 (1985).  235 20. J.V. Hatton, Y. Saito and W.G. Schneider, Can. J. Chem. 43,47 (1965). 21. L.C. Erich, A.C. Gossard and RX. Hartless, / . Chem. Phys. 59, 3911 (1973). 22. RJ. Gillespie, T X . Peel and E.A. Robinson, / . Am. Chem. Soc. 93,5083 (1971). 23. V.M. Parikh, "Absorption Spectroscopy of Organic Molecules", Addison-Wesley, Reading, U.S., p. 15,1974. 24. D. Bizot and M. Malek-Zadeh, Rev. Chim. Min. 11,710 (1974). 25. J. Barr, RJ. Gillespie and R.C. Thompson, Inorg. Chem. 3,1149 (1964). 26. P.L. Fabre, J. Devynk and B. Tremillon, Chem. Rev. 82,591 (1982). 27. M.F.A. Dove and A.F. Clifford, in "Chemistry in Non-Aqueous Ionizing Solvents", J. Jander, H. Spandau and C.C. Addison, Eds., Vienweg, Braunschweig, Vol. 2.1,1971. 28. F. Fairbrother, 'The Chemistry of Niobium and Tantalum", Elsevier, London, 1967. 29. D. Brown, Chemistry of Niobium and Tantalum in "Comprehensive Inorganic Chemistry", Pergamon Press, N.Y., Vol.UI, 1973. 30. K.C. Lee, Ph.D. Thesis, University of British Columbia, 1980. 31. W.V. Cicha, K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, / . Solution Chem., submitted April, 1989. 32. A J . Edwards, / . Chem. Soc, 3714 (1964). 33. P.A. Yeats, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 12,328 (1973). 34. RJ. Gillespie and P.A.W. Dean, / . Am. Chem. Soc. 92,2362 (1970). 35. RJ. Gillespie and P.A.W. Dean, / . Am. Chem. Soc. 91,7264 (1969). 36. RJ. Gillespie and P.A.W. Dean, / . Am. Chem. Soc. 91,7260 (1969). 37. A. Commeyras and G.A. Olah, / . Am. Chem. Soc. 91,2929 (1969). 38. S.P. Mallela, S. Yap, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 25,4074 (1986). 39. RJ. Gillespie and J.B. Milne, Inorg. Chem. 5,1236 (1966). 40. A.M. Qureshi, H.A. Carter and F. Aubke, Can. J. Chem. 49,35 (1971). 41. A.M. Qureshi, L.E. Levchuk and F. Aubke, Can. J. Chem. 49,2544 (1971).  236 42. I.R. Beattie, K.M.S. Livingston, G.A. Ozin and D J . Reynolds, / . Chem. Soc. A, 958 (1969). 43. O L , Keller, Jr., Inorg. Chem. 2,783 (1963).  237 CHAPTER 7 TRIFLUOROMETHYL SULFATE DERTVATIVES OF NIOBIUM(V) AND TANTALUM(V)  7.A. Introduction  Trifluoromethyl sulfuric acid, H S O 3 C F 3 , is of comparable acidity to H S O 3 F and has many chemical and physical properties in common.'-3 It has also been used as the Bronsted acid in superacid systems.'  There are, however, two important differences  between the two acids in terms of their chemical reactivity. -  4 5  (i) Whereas the dissociation equilibria of HSO3F in water leading to HF and H2SO4 have been discussed in Section B of Chapter 1, HSO3CF3 ionizes completely according to: H S O 3 C F 3 + H2O  >  H3O+ + C F 3 S O 3 -  (7-1)  Hence, it is miscible with water and readily forms well defined, crystalline hydrates. More importantly, the S-C linkage, unlike the S-F linkage in fluorosulfates, is hydrolytically stable. (ii) The S-C linkage of HSO3CF3 systems appears to be sensitive to oxidation, resulting in instability towards strong oxidizing agents such as S 06F . 2  It is not  2  surprising that the peroxide S206(CF3)2 will readily decompose at room temperature into a series of products. Therefore, solvolysis of suitable precursors in HS03CF is the only 3  route to trifluoromethyl sulfates ("triflates").  238 A relevant and suitable general method used to prepare triflates involves the solvolysis of fluorosulfates in a large excess of CF3SO3H.4 In combination with the known degradation reaction . between C F 3 S O 3 H and H S O 3 F , this reaction pathway 6 7  suggests that it may be possible to isolate binary triflate derivatives of the highly soluble M(SC*3F)5 species (M = Nb or Ta) from the reaction of their H S O 3 F solutions with a large excess of HSO3CF3.  Furthermore, it was thought that the exploratory study  discussed in this chapter may lead to crystalline materials suitable for single crystal X-ray diffraction studies.  7.B. Experimental 7.B. 1. Synthesis of Tetrafluoro(nifluoromethvlsulfato)tantalumfV). TaEi(SChCPO A 1.54 M solution of Ta(SC3F)s in 1.14 ml HSO3F was prepared according to the method outlined in the previous chapter. About 5 ml of HSO3CF3 were vacuum distilled onto the solution which was allowed to stir for 1 week at 25 °C. By this time, a precipitate had formed.  The excess acid and any other volatile by-products were  removed in vacuo at room temperature overnight.  The white amorphous solid was  isolated in quantitative yield. TaF4(S03CF3) melted at 312-318 °C and appeared to go through a physical change at 255-265 "C.  Analytical Data for TaSOsCF?: Ta(%)  S(%)  C(%)  F(%)  Calculated:  44.57  7.90  2.96  32.76  Found:  44.70  8.20  2.76  32.42  S:C = 1.11  239 7.B.2. Attempted Synthesis of Cesium Hexakisftrifluoromemylsulfato)tantalate About 5 ml of H S O 3 C F 3 were vacuum distilled onto 486 mg (0.535 mmol) of a-Cs[Ta(S03F)6] and the solution was stirred at 40 °C for 2 days, during which time all of the starting material was consumed. The solvent and any other volatile by-products were completely removed in vacuo at 40 *C over a 2 day period and a beige/white powdery material was isolated in 93% yield.  Analytical Data for CsTaSgOisCoFis: S(%)  C(%)  Calculated:  15.92  5.96  Found:  14.64  5.70  S:C = 0.962  7.B.3. Attempted Synthesis of Tetrafluoro(trifluoromethylsulfato)ruobium(V) Synthesis of this material was attempted by distilling -10 ml of HSO3CF3 onto a ~1.2 M solution of Nb(S03F)s in HSO3F and stirring the mixture for one week at 30-35 °C. Removal of all volatiles led to a product of mixed and uncertain composition.  Analytical Data for NbSC>3CF7: S(%) Calculated: Found: S:C = 1.40  10.08 8.01  C(%) 3.78 2.14  240 7.B.4. Attempted Synthesis of Pentakis(triflucTOmemylsulfato)tantalum(V) The solvolysis of TaCls with excess HSO3CF3 for 2 days at 35 *C was attempted. A white solid of mixed and uncertain composition was isolated by slowly removing all the volatiles at ~30 "C over a 3 week period in vacuo.  Analytical Data for TaSsOisCsFis: S(%)  C(%)  Cl(%)  Calculated:  17.31  6.48  0  Found:  11.69  4.51  4.16  S:C = 0.971  7.C. Results and Discussion 7.C.I. Syntheses and General Discussion 7.C.l.a. TaFj(SOiCFi) The formation of this material according to: HSO3F Ta(S03F)5 + excess H S O 3 C F 3  > TaF (S03CF3) + S02,CF3S03F, 4  lweek.K'C  (7-2)  COF2, CO2,  CF3SO3CF3, SiF4 +... was somewhat unexpected.  Previously reported  4  solvolysis reactions of binary  fluorosulfates in HSO3CF3 have all led to the respective binary trifluoromethylsulfato ("triflate") complex. However, in all these precedents, solid fluorosulfates were treated with triflic acid and during many of these reactions solid material remained in the vessel. Ta(S03F)5 was used in HSO3F solution and a starting mixture consisting of  241 HS03CF3:HS03F:Ta(S03F)5 in an approximate 30:10:1 molar ratio was present Since the degradation reaction of HSO3CF3 with HSO3F is known to yield SiF4 (via reaction of the by-product HF with glass) among many other fragments, . it is quite possible that the 6 7  hydrofluoric acid formed by the degradation of HSO3F or of the SO3F group in Ta(SC>3F)5 became involved in the solvolysis reaction. The possibility that some of the Ta(S03F)5 dissociated via SO3 elimination during the reaction or prior to it forming species of the type TaF (S03F)5- , also cannot be ruled out x  x  The volatile degradation by-products with IR active modes which formed during this reaction provide a convenient method by which to gauge the progress of the 4  reaction. Identification of the resulting IR bands was not attempted. The rather high S:C ratio of 1.11 that was analytically obtained for this complex suggests that the reaction did not quite go to completion and that there may be residual amounts of fluorosulfate species left unreacted; the agreement between calculated and found elemental composition is however sufficiently good.  The successful synthesis of TaF4(S03F) via ligand redistribution described earlier was accomplished in a controlled reaction with a predetermined stoichiometry of the reactants. Formation of TaF4(S03CF3), however, was rather incidental. It would also be of interest to investigate whether the conversion of solid TaF4(SC>3F) to TaF4(S03CF3), via solvolysis in HSO3CF3, is feasible.  The preparation in this solvent of  GeF2(S03CF3)2 from GeF2(SG3F)2 serves as a precedent  4  Both the high melting point (-315 *C) and the limited air stability (for up to about 15 minutes) of TaF4(S03CF3) are unusual. GeF2(S03CF3)2, for example, is reportedly  4  very hygroscopic and melts at 150 "C. All the known M(S03CF3) . 4  n  810  species, with  242 M = Sn, Pd, Au, Ag, or Hg and n = 2, 3, or 4, are also very hygroscopic and, with the exception of Sn(SC>3CF3)2 and Pd(S03CF3)2, melt or decompose in the 140 - 235 °C range. The high fluoride content of this material does not in any way explain its high thermal stability, since TaFsii melts at only 97 "C while TaF4(S03F) melts at -215 °C. The relative thermal stability of this compound is however not without precedent; I(S03F)3 melts at 33.7 °C while I(S03CF3>3 melts at 119 °C.i2  7.C.l.b. Attempted Syntheses ofM(SOtCFi)* (M = Nb or Ta) and CsfTafSOiCF*)*! The reaction pathway shown in Equation (7-2) was also unsuccessfully tried in the attempted synthesis of Nb(SC>3CF3)5. The mixed product which was isolated in vacuo and analyzed for both sulfur and carbon appeared to have an overall composition of NbF4.3(S03F)o.2(S03CF3)o.5, indicating incomplete substitution of SO3F by SO3CF3, as well as an elevated fluorine content. This may be the result of interference from HF as described above, or due to partial formation of NbF2(SC*3F)3 (and perhaps other fluoro(fluorosulfates)) in the 1.2 M HSO3F solution. Nevertheless, both solvolysis reactions of M(S03F)s with M = Nb or Ta take a similar course, even though no well defined product results with niobium as the metal.  An alternative route to Ta(SC>3CF3)5, the reaction of TaCls with excess HSO3CF3, was tried to eliminate interference from HF. This method has been previously employed to prepare Sn(S03CF3)2.  9  Unfortunately, an incomplete reaction occurred,  with the resulting mixed product being partially decomposed in vacuo. The elemental analyses best agreed with the overall composition TaOi.3Cln.6(S03CF3)i.8  or  approximately TaOCl(S03CF3)2. The presence of oxygen may be explained by the elimination of species of the type S20s(CF3)2 during product isolation.  The availability of salts of the type Cs [M(S03F)5 ] x  +x  (x = 1 or 2) with both  niobium and tantalum (see Chapters 4 and 5) allows a further application of the general conversion of fluorosulfates to trifluoromethyl sulfates via solvolysis in excess trifluoromethyl sulfuric ("triflic") acid. a-Cs[Ta(S03F)6] was the first of these four salts 4  chosen for this purpose. The reaction and subsequent volatile evolution in vacuo was carried out at 40 *C over a period of four days and yielded nearly a quantitative amount by weight of what appeared to be a-Cs[ra(S0 CF3)6], but based on carbon and sulfur 3  analyses the product was impure. Both values were too low, with the sulfur value being markedly worse (a S:C ratio of 0.962 was found).  It appears that the solvolytic  conversion of fluorosulfates into triflates takes a complex course, with possible side reactions. Further work is needed to ensure a complete and successful conversion of the cesium fluorosulfato metallates.  7.C.2. Vibrational Spectroscopy Studies 7.C2.a. TaFJSOiCFi) Strong fluorescence, which is common for triflic acid and many previously studied triflates, . . prevented the recording of a Raman spectrum while the IR spectrum 4 8 9  was very poorly resolved. The data from the latter are listed in Table 7.1. Attempts to use Nujol as a mulling agent were unsatisfactory because "new", very intense bands (not found in the solid film spectrum) were observed and reaction of the solid with Nujol was suspected. Although the listing in Table 7.1 may be incomplete, the v(S-C) band does seem to be present at its typical position . - between 750 and 800 cm-l. 4 8 9  The  244 Table 7.1. Infrared Vibrational Frequencies for TaF4(SC>3CF3) V (cm )  Approx. Assignment  1  1415 -1350 1255 1210 -1170 1150 1090 980  s,sh s,vb sh s.vb m,sh s w,sh s,b  865  m,b  ?  770  w,b  v (S-C)  -650  m,vb  v (Ta-F)  605 572 509 480 465  m,sh m w w,sh w  v (Ta-O) + 8 (SQ F)  v (S0 ) + v (CF ) 3  3  '  3  >  v(S0 ) modes also occur at very "standard" positions. However, the broadness of all the 3  bands makes any further interpretation somewhat difficult.  7.C2.b.  "CsfTafSOiCFW  Although acceptable analytical data have not been obtained for this salt, its bulk composition as shown has been suggested earlier and is further verified by its irifrared spectrum, data from which are listed in Table 7.H The spectrum is shown in Figure 7.1. The most telling evidence for the presence of SO3CF3 groups is the sharp band at  245 Table 7 J X Jiifrared Vibrational Frequencies of "Cs[Ta(S03CF3)6]" V (cm )  Approx. Assignment  1  1407  s,b  1307 1245 1215 1178 1146 1058 -935 885  w  V(S0 ) 3  >  s,sh s s,sh  v  (S0 ) + v (CF ) 3  3  s  m s.vb  774  m  680 631 602 567  m m m  v (Ta-O) + 5 (S0 F) + 8 (CF )  530 498  w  8 (S0 F)  v  -  (S-C)  s  3  3  w,sh 3  m  -400 373 350  vw.vb vw,b,sh  8 (CSO)  w  8(CF ) 3  774 cm , attributable to a S-C stretch mode, and the absence of a broad band at -1  4  -840 cm- , which was assigned in Chapter 5 to the S-F stretch mode of the starting 1  material a-Cs[Ta(S0 F)6]- Due to the frequent overlap of bands resulting from SO3 and 3  CF3 fundamentals, it is very difficult to make any definite structural conclusions about this salt; similar problems have been encountered with many of the previously studied binary and ternary triflates. . ^ 4 8  247 7.D. Conclusion  Preliminary exploration of two possible routes to binary trifluoromethyl sulfates of niobiumfV) and tantalumfV) has been discussed.  Although neither led to the  preparation of the desired species, the novel material TaF4(S03CF3) was prepared and found to have interesting properties. The pathway involving the reaction of MCI5 with excess HSO3CF3 needs to be further investigated, since it holds some promise.  Impure Cs[Ta(S03CF3)6]  also appears to have been prepared from the  corresponding fluorosulfate salt, which suggests that Ta(S03CF3)s may behave as a SO3CF3 acceptor in HSO3CF3. However, the generation of Ta(S03CF3)s even "in situ" may not be possible. It would hence seem worthwhile to attempt systematically the preparation of the other Cs [M(S03CF )5 x] type salts, with M = Nb or Ta and x = 1 x  3  +  or 2, from therespectivefluorosulfate precursors that were described in Chapters 4 and 5.  248 REFERENCES  1. G.A. Olah, G.K.S. Prakash and J. Sommer, "Superacids", J. Wiley & Sons, N.Y., 1985 (and references herein). 2. G.A. Olah, G.K.S. Prakash and J. Sommer, Science 206,13 (1979). 3. R D . Howells and JJD. McCown, Chem. Rev. 1,69 (1977). 4. S.P. Mallela, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, Can. J. Chem. 63,3305 (1985). 5. G.A. Lawrence, Chem. Rev. 86,17 (1986). 6. G.A. Olah and T. Ohyama, Synthesis 5, 319 (1976). 7. R.E. Noftle, Inorg. Nucl. Chem. Lett. 16,195 (1980). 8. P.C. Leung, K.C. Lee and F. Aubke, Can. J. Chem. 57,326 (1979). 9. R.J. Batchelor, J.N.R. Ruddick, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 16,1414 (1977). 10. M . Schmeisser, P. Satori and B. Lippsmeier, Chem. Ber. 102,2150 (1969). 11. "Handbook of Chemistry and Physics", 57th Edition, R.C. Weast, Ed., C.R.C. Press, U.S.A., 1976-1977. 12. J.R. Dalziel and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 12,2707 (1973).  249  CHAPTER 8 GENERAL CONCLUSIONS  The conclusions from this study are presented in two sections: the first summarizes the results obtained while the second briefly describes some preliminary exploratory work together with suggestions for future investigations.  8.A. Summary Many of the specific conclusions from this study have already been summarized in previous chapters.  Taken as a whole, the following general conclusions can be  reached: (i) Two new monoprotonic superacid systems, HS03F-Ta(S03F)s and HSO3FNb(S03F)s, have been developed. The former is the stronger acid of the two, and in this respect exceeds the "Magic Acid" system HSOsF-SbFsU at comparable Lewis acid concentrations beyond about 0.1 molal, as indicated by conductivity and Hammett Acidity Function measurements. The niobium system, however, is still much stronger than the analogous fluoride, NbFs. in this solvent  3  (ii) The high solubility of both Nb(S03F)s and Ta(S03F)s in H S O 3 F (far superior to that of NbFs and TaFs) has prevented their isolation from this solvent but has allowed detailed  studies  of  their  solution  behaviour  using  conductometry,  uv/vis  spectrophotometry, multinuclear NMR spectroscopy and Raman spectroscopy. (iii) As implied by their superacidity, both Lewis acids are good fluorosulfate acceptors which allowed the isolation and full characterization (including complete chemical  250 analysis) of salts of the type M '[M(S03F)5+x] with M ' = Cs or Ba and x = 1 or 2. Even x  though both Nb(S03F)5(solv) and Ta(S03F)5(solv) behave as monobasic acids in a moderately basic environment, up to two moles  SO3F " could be added cleanly, while  isolation of Cs3[M(S03F)8], with M = Nb or Ta, failed. (iv)  At higher concentrations, both Nb(S03F)5(solv) and Ta(S03F)5(solv) tend to  dissociate via SO3 elimination to yield polymeric species of the type MF (S03F)5- . X  X  This tendency appears to be more pronounced for Nb(S03F)5(solv) and has resulted in the isolation of solid NbF2(S03F)3. (v) The successful synthesis of TaF4(S03F) from Ta(S03F)s and TaFs in HSO3F should be expandable and is expected to lead to a general, one-step synthesis according to: HSO3F  11MF5 + (5-n) M(S03F)  5  > 5 MF (S03F) -n n  (8-1)  5  or more simply: HSO3F  n MF5  +  (5-n) M + 5/2  S2O6F2  > 5 MF (S03F)sn  n  (8-2)  with either niobium or tantalum as the central metal. The resulting Lewis acids are potentially both F " and SO3F " acceptors and should find use in HF as well as in HSO3F. (vi) The role of S2O6F2 as a very weak base in HSO3F has been revealed, together with the observations of a previously unknown in situ acid-peroxide equUibrium complex. Useful information concerning the utility of this system as a reagent medium has also been obtained.  (vti)  The successful conversion of Ta(S03F)s to TaF4(S03CF3) in the combined  Bronsted acid solvent HSO3CF3/HSO3F as weU as initial studies on the conversion of  251 a-Cs[Ta(S03F)6] into the cx>rresrwnding triflate suggested the feasibility of tantalum triflates as components of a conjugate triflic acid superacid system. Niobium appeared less promising in these conversion reactions.  In general, it appears that the tantalum superacid system is more promising than the niobium system on account of its higher inherent acidity and lower predisposition towards decomposition via SO3 elimination.  8.B. Exploratory Investigations and Suggestions for Future Work 8.B.I. Ag-Ta(SChF)^ Systems In the quest to stabilize unusual cations, the colorless Ag"[AgHl(SbF6)4] solid (or "Ag(SbF6>2") has recently been synthesized in our laboratory. Interestingly, Ag(TaF6)2 is known to exist as a deep blue solid.5 Inspired by the above studies and the highly acidic behaviour of the HS03F-Ta(S03F)5 system, the following two groups of experiments were conducted: (i) "Ag(SbF6)2" was dissolved in a solution of Ta(S03F)s/HS03F, both with an excess of Ta(S03F)5 and in an exact 1:2 (Ag:Ta) molar ratio. The object was to investigate whether any ligand exchange would occur between [Ta(S03F)6]~ and [SbFg]" and whether the mixed oxidation state of silver would be retained in the process. (ii) Ag(S0 F)2 was reacted with a double molar amount of Ta(S03F)s in HSO3F 3  6  and a 1:1 molar mixture of Ag and Ta was oxidized by S2O6F2 in HSO3F. It was of interest to investigate whether Ag[Ta(S03F)6]2 or Ag[Ta(S03F)7] would preferentially form.  252 In all of the above reactions, a deep green solution formed initially, with the color gradually changing to yellow within a few days and then completely vanishing; the same sequence of events could be induced by partially removing HSO3F in vacuo.  This  suggested the presence of equilibria processes in solution, perhaps involving multiple oxidation states of silver.  The complexity of the *9F NMR spectra (greatest for colorless solutions) and the IR spectra of the light yellow, viscous oils that formed upon in vacuo removal of HSO3F prevents any conclusions to be made about these systems at present. A more systematic solution study involving electronic spectroscopy, among other techniques, is needed to understand their seemingly complex behavior.  8.B.2. Suggestions for Future Work The present investigation is expandable into four general areas: (i) The family of fluoro(fluorosulfates) MF (S03F)5X  X  needs to be systematically  investigated with both niobium and tantalum; these species hold the promise of having high enough solubility and acidity in HSO3F to serve as superacid systems while being isolable out of solution and hence available for structural study. (ii) As suitable anions for the ongoing study of (CH3)2SnY2 (Y = conjugate base of 7  strong Lewis acid) type salts via H9Sn Mossbauer, [Nb(S03F)oT and especially [Ta(S03F)6]" are both feasible candidates, particularly since salts with Y being [NbF6]~ and [TaF6J" have previously been made* and studied. This would also serve as another 7  method of studying the behaviour and acid strength of the two new superacid systems. (iii) A more detailed investigation of the trifluoromethyl sulfate system with niobium  253 and tantalum is needed. Their potential superacidity as well as their value as means of better understanding the structural properties of the analogous fluorosulfates are features primarily responsible for this interest (iv)  Finally, and perhaps most importantly, the suitability of both of the developed  superacid systems for any applications such as were mentioned in section C.3 of Chapter 1 needs to be thoroughly investigated.  Based on some fundamental  considerations, this work has shown the tantalum system to be more suitable; more detailed acid strength and stability determinations should however be undertaken, perhaps by making use of dynamic NMR techniques. Testing of the stabiUty of these systems in the presence of oxidizable organic materials and attempts at generating unstable cations are also among the areas worthy of investigation before either acid can be seriously considered for widespread use.  REFERENCES  1. R.C. Thompson, J. Barr, RJ. Gillespie, J.R. Milne and R.A. Rothenbury, Inorg. Chem. 4,1641 (1965). 2. RJ. Gillespie and T.E. Peel, / . Am. Chem. Soc. 95,5173 (1973). 3. R J. Gillespie, R. Ouchi and G.P. Pez, Inorg. Chem. 8,63 (1969). 4. B.G. Mffller, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 26,689 (1987). 5. P.C. Leung, PhD. Thesis, University of British Columbia, 1979. 6. S.P. Mallela, S. Yap, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, Inorg. Chem. 25,4074 (1986). 7. S.P. Mallela, S. Yap, J.R. Sams and F. Aubke, Rev. Chim. Min. 23,572 (1986).  APPENDIX 12-1  255  9  10-1  o or u.  u 2  UJ  \  6-  <  > UJ o  \ \  4H  \  2-1  1  0.005 0.010  1  0.015  V  \  £  »«-  Legend  1  1  1  1  1  1  0.020  0.025  0.030  0.035  0.040  0.045  molality [moles/kg HSO3F]  ,  K -0.0028 m  •  K  M  .  K  14  15  Figure A . l . Comparison of the Deviation from Experimental Data of Optimal Oligomeric Ionization Equilibrium Constants for Nb(S03F)s mHS03F at 25.00 'C 14-|  o-|  1  0.005 0.010  1  1  1  1  1  :  0.015  0.020  0.025  0.030  0.035  0.040  molality [moles/kg HSO^F]  —1  0.045  Figure A.2. Comparison of the Deviation from Experimental Data of Optimal Oligomeric Ionization Equilibrium Constants for Ta(S03F)s mHS03F at 25.00-C  =0.0018 m =0.0022 m  256 IO-I  8< Q  ,*>  O or u.  6-  UJ  u z < >  4-  UJ  o  2-  Legend • Ku-00022 m o K, »0.0015 m 0.058  1  1  0.060  0.062  1  0.064  1  1  1  1  0.066  0.068  0.070  0.072  molality [moles/kg HSO3F]  Figure A.3. Comparison of the Deviation from Experimental Data of Best Oligomeric and Monomeric Ionization Equilibrium Constants for Nb(S03F)s/KS03F in HSO3F at 25.00 *C 8-1  6< Q  O  OC  u. UJ  a z <  4  >  UJ  a  2-  Legend •0.010 m -0.0067 m  0.050  1  0.055  1  0.060  •  •  . 1  0.065  1  0.070  molality [moles/kg HSO3F]  1  0.075  1  • Ki-0.0052 m •  0.080  Figure A A Comparison of the Deviation from Experimental Data of Best Oligomeric and Monomeric Ionization Equilibrium Constants for Ta(S03F)s/KS03F in HSO3F at 25.00 *C  257 Table A.I. Molar Absorptivity and pK&K*- Values for Hammett Indicators Used" Indicator  CBH+  ptfBH+  DNFB  920  12,100  -14.52  TNT  960  10,600  -15.60  DNFBH+  900  20,450  -17.35  0  14,500  -18.36  TNTH+ "reference 10 (chapter 6)  Table A . H Ionization Data for Ta(S(>3F)5 in HSO3F•Log I DNFB  TNT  DNFBH+  TNTH+  0  -0.56  0.55  -  -  0.055  -1.01  0.03  0.154  -  -0.47  -  0.318  -  -1.12  0.61  -  0.913  -  -0.68  -  -1.00  -0.02  -  -0.22  2.11  -  -  -0.35  3.37  .-  -  -  -0.55  Mole % T a ( S 0 F ) 3  5  1.25 1.80  "see Equations (1-11) and (6-20)  258  N.B. Based on the average publication year of the references cited in the introduction of this thesis, the vintage years for superacid chemistry were 1973 ± 1 1 . Better late than never.  


Citation Scheme:


Citations by CSL (citeproc-js)

Usage Statistics



Customize your widget with the following options, then copy and paste the code below into the HTML of your page to embed this item in your website.
                            <div id="ubcOpenCollectionsWidgetDisplay">
                            <script id="ubcOpenCollectionsWidget"
                            async >
IIIF logo Our image viewer uses the IIIF 2.0 standard. To load this item in other compatible viewers, use this url:


Related Items